NEC NP-P452W REPLACED BY NP-P474U 4500-lumen Professional Installation Projector

Product's Documents

Below are documents related to this product, you can read online or download:
User Manual Other Documents
  • Projector Feature Comparison - (English) Download
  • Projector Accessory Flyer - (English) Download
  • Projector Flyer - (English) Download
  • Common ASCII Commands between LFD and PJ - (English) Download
  • Laser Regulatory - (English) Download
  • P Series Transition Flyer - (English) Download
  • Naviset - Easy control and management - (English) Download
  • Naviset admin2 Flyer - (English) Download
  • PJ Control Command Codes - (English) Download
  • MP300CM ceiling mount instructions - (English) Download
  • SCP200 ceiling plate instruction - (English) Download
  • PJ Control Commands appendixes - (English) Download
  • Projecting the Future - (English) Download
  • How to Break “Out of the Box” with Innovative Digital Projection - (English) Download
  • Administrate with Ease - (English) Download
  • Projectors – When to Repair or Replace? - (English) Download
  • Find the Right Display Technology for Your Needs - (English) Download
  • Find the right projectors for your K-12 classrooms - (English) Download
Specification
  • Ceiling Plate Technical Data Sheet - (English) Download
  • Specification Brochure - (English) Download
Installation Instruction Dimension Guide
  • Floor Projection Opens Up a New Dimension for Displaying Content - (English) Download
Warranty
  • 3 Year Limited Warranty - (English) Download
NP-P452W REPLACED BY NP-P474U photo

User Manual

This is the main product document for model NP-P452W REPLACED BY NP-P474U.

The file format is pdf, 154 pages, you can download this manual here .

background
Projector
P502H/P452H
P502W/P452W
User’s Manual
Model No.
NP-P502H, NP-P452H, NP-P502W, NP-P452W
background
Ver. 1 10/15
•฀Apple,฀Mac,฀Mac฀OS,฀MacBook,฀and฀iMac฀are฀trademarks฀of฀Apple฀Inc.฀registered฀in฀the฀U.S.฀and฀other฀countries.
•฀App฀Store฀is฀a฀service฀mark฀of฀Apple฀Inc.
•฀IOS฀is฀a฀trademark฀or฀registered฀trademark฀of฀Cisco฀in฀the฀U.S.฀and฀other฀countries฀and฀is฀used฀under฀license.
•฀Microsoft,฀Windows,฀Windows฀Vista,฀Internet฀Explorer,฀.NET฀Framework฀and฀PowerPoint฀are฀either฀a฀registered฀
trademark฀or฀trademark฀of฀Microsoft฀Corporation฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and/or฀other฀countries.
•฀MicroSaver฀is฀a฀registered฀trademark฀of฀Kensington฀Computer฀Products฀Group,฀a฀division฀of฀ACCO฀Brands.
•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀uses฀WinI2C/DDC฀library,฀©฀Nicomsoft฀Ltd.
•฀The฀terms฀HDMI฀and฀HDMI฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface,฀and฀the฀HDMI฀Logo฀are฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀
trademarks฀of฀HDMI฀Licensing฀LLC฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and฀other฀countries.
•฀HDBaseT™฀is฀a฀trademark฀of฀HDBaseT฀Alliance.
•฀DLP฀is฀a฀trademark฀of฀Texas฀Instruments.
•฀Trademark฀PJLink฀is฀a฀trademark฀applied฀for฀trademark฀rights฀in฀Japan,฀the฀United฀States฀of฀America฀and฀other฀
countries฀and฀areas.
•฀Wi-Fi
®
,฀Wi-Fi฀Alliance
®
,฀Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Access
®
,฀Wi-Fi฀Direct
®
are฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀the฀Wi-Fi฀Alliance
®
.
WPA™,฀WPA2™,฀Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Setup™,฀Miracast™฀are฀trademarks฀of฀the฀Wi-Fi฀Alliance
®
.
•฀Blu-ray฀is฀a฀trademark฀of฀Blu-ray฀Disc฀Association
•฀CRESTRON฀and฀ROOMVIEW฀are฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀Crestron฀Electronics,฀Inc.in฀the฀United฀States฀and฀other฀
countries.
•฀Ethernet฀is฀either฀a฀registered฀trademark฀or฀trademark฀of฀Fuji฀Xerox฀Co.,฀Ltd.
•฀Google฀Play฀and฀Android฀are฀trademarks฀of฀Google฀Inc.
•฀Other฀product฀names฀and฀company฀logos฀mentioned฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀be฀the฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀
trademarks฀of฀their฀respective฀holders.
•฀GPL/LGPL฀Software฀Licenses
The฀product฀includes฀software฀licensed฀under฀GNU฀General฀Public฀License฀(GPL),฀GNU฀Lesser฀General฀Public฀
License฀(LGPL),฀and฀others.
For฀more฀information฀on฀each฀software,฀see฀“readme.pdf฀inside฀the฀“about฀GPL&LGPL฀folder฀on฀the฀supplied฀CD-
ROM.
NOTES
(1)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀not฀be฀reprinted฀in฀part฀or฀whole฀without฀permission.
(2)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.
(3)฀Great฀care฀has฀been฀taken฀in฀the฀preparation฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual;฀however,฀should฀you฀notice฀any฀questionable฀
points,฀errors฀or฀omissions,฀please฀contact฀us.
(4)฀Notwithstanding฀article฀(3),฀NEC฀will฀not฀be฀responsible฀for฀any฀claims฀on฀loss฀of฀prot฀or฀other฀matters฀deemed฀
to฀result฀from฀using฀the฀Projector.
background
i
Important Information
Safety Cautions
Precautions
Please฀read฀this฀manual฀carefully฀before฀using฀your฀NEC฀projector฀and฀keep฀the฀manual฀handy฀for฀future฀reference.
CAUTION
To฀turn฀off฀main฀power,฀be฀sure฀to฀remove฀the฀plug฀from฀power฀outlet.
The฀power฀outlet฀socket฀should฀be฀installed฀as฀near฀to฀the฀equipment฀as฀possible,฀and฀should฀be฀easily฀
accessible.
CAUTION
TO฀PREVENT฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀OPEN฀THE฀CABINET.
THERE฀ARE฀HIGH-VOLTAGE฀COMPONENTS฀INSIDE.
REFER฀SERVICING฀TO฀QUALIFIED฀SERVICE฀PERSONNEL.
This฀symbol฀warns฀the฀user฀that฀uninsulated฀voltage฀within฀the฀unit฀may฀be฀sufcient฀to฀cause฀electrical฀
shock.฀Therefore,฀it฀is฀dangerous฀to฀make฀any฀kind฀of฀contact฀with฀any฀part฀inside฀of฀the฀unit.
This฀symbol฀alerts฀the฀user฀that฀important฀information฀concerning฀the฀operation฀and฀maintenance฀of฀this฀
unit฀has฀been฀provided.
The฀information฀should฀be฀read฀carefully฀to฀avoid฀problems.
WARNING:TO฀PREVENT฀FIRE฀OR฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀EXPOSE฀THIS฀UNIT฀TO฀RAIN฀OR฀MOISTURE.
DO฀NOT฀USE฀THIS฀UNIT’S฀PLUG฀WITH฀AN฀EXTENSION฀CORD฀OR฀IN฀AN฀OUTLET฀UNLESS฀ALL฀THE฀PRONGS฀
CAN฀BE฀FULLY฀INSERTED.
DOC Compliance Notice (for Canada only)
This฀Class฀B฀digital฀apparatus฀complies฀with฀Canadian฀ICES-003.
Machine Noise Information Regulation - 3. GPSGV,
The฀highest฀sound฀pressure฀level฀is฀less฀than฀70฀dB฀(A)฀in฀accordance฀with฀EN฀ISO฀7779.
Disposing of your used product
EU-wide฀legislation฀as฀implemented฀in฀each฀Member฀State฀requires฀that฀used฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀prod-
ucts฀carrying฀the฀mark฀(left)฀must฀be฀disposed฀of฀separately฀from฀normal฀household฀waste.฀This฀includes฀
projectors฀and฀their฀electrical฀accessories.When฀you฀dispose฀of฀such฀products,฀please฀follow฀the฀guidance฀
of฀your฀local฀authority฀and/or฀ask฀the฀shop฀where฀you฀purchased฀the฀product.
After฀collecting฀the฀used฀products,฀they฀are฀reused฀and฀recycled฀in฀a฀proper฀way.This฀effort฀will฀help฀us฀reduce฀
the฀wastes฀as฀well฀as฀the฀negative฀impact฀to฀the฀human฀health฀and฀the฀environment฀at฀the฀minimum฀level.
The฀mark฀on฀the฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀products฀only฀applies฀to฀the฀current฀European฀Union฀Member฀States.
For EU:The฀crossed-out฀wheeled฀bin฀implies฀that฀used฀batteries฀should฀not฀be฀put฀to฀the฀general฀household฀
waste!฀There฀is฀a฀separate฀collection฀system฀for฀used฀batteries,฀to฀allow฀proper฀treatment฀and฀recycling฀in฀
accordance฀with฀legislation.
According the EU directive 2006/66/EC, the battery can’t be disposed improperly. The battery shall be sepa-
rated to collect by local service.
background
ii
Important Information
WARNING TO CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS:
Handling฀the฀cables฀supplied฀with฀this฀product฀will฀expose฀you฀to฀lead,฀a฀chemical฀known฀to฀the฀State฀of฀California฀
to฀cause฀birth฀defects฀or฀other฀reproductive฀harm.฀WASH฀HANDS฀AFTER฀HANDLING.
RF Interference (for USA only)
WARNING
The฀Federal฀Communications฀Commission฀does฀not฀allow฀any฀modications฀or฀changes฀to฀the฀unit฀EXCEPT฀those฀
specied฀by฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions฀of฀America,฀Inc.in฀this฀manual.Failure฀to฀comply฀with฀this฀government฀regu-
lation฀could฀void฀your฀right฀to฀operate฀this฀equipment.฀This฀equipment฀has฀been฀tested฀and฀found฀to฀comply฀with฀
the฀limits฀for฀a฀Class฀B฀digital฀device,฀pursuant฀to฀Part฀15฀of฀the฀FCC฀Rules.฀These฀limits฀are฀designed฀to฀provide฀
reasonable฀protection฀against฀harmful฀interference฀in฀a฀residential฀installation.This฀equipment฀generates,฀uses,฀and฀
can฀radiate฀radio฀frequency฀energy฀and,฀if฀not฀installed฀and฀used฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀instructions,฀may฀cause฀
harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀communications.฀However,฀there฀is฀no฀guarantee฀that฀interference฀will฀not฀occur฀in฀a฀
particular฀installation.
If฀this฀equipment฀does฀cause฀harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀or฀television฀reception,฀which฀can฀be฀determined฀by฀
turning฀the฀equipment฀off฀and฀on,฀the฀user฀is฀encouraged฀to฀try฀to฀correct฀the฀interference฀by฀one฀or฀more฀of฀the฀
following฀measures:
•฀Reorient฀or฀relocate฀the฀receiving฀antenna.
•฀Increase฀the฀separation฀between฀the฀equipment฀and฀receiver.
•฀Connect฀the฀equipment฀into฀an฀outlet฀on฀a฀circuit฀different฀from฀that฀to฀which฀the฀receiver฀is฀connected.
•฀Consult฀the฀dealer฀or฀an฀experienced฀radio฀/฀TV฀technician฀for฀help.
For฀UK฀only:฀In฀UK,฀a฀BS฀approved฀power฀cord฀with฀moulded฀plug฀has฀a฀Black฀(ve฀Amps)฀fuse฀installed฀for฀use฀with฀
this฀equipment.฀If฀a฀power฀cord฀is฀not฀supplied฀with฀this฀equipment฀please฀contact฀your฀supplier.
Important Safeguards
These฀safety฀instructions฀are฀to฀ensure฀the฀long฀life฀of฀your฀projector฀and฀to฀prevent฀re฀and฀shock.฀Please฀read฀them฀
carefully฀and฀heed฀all฀warnings.
Installation
•฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀following฀conditions:
-฀Outdoors
-฀on฀an฀unstable฀cart,฀stand,฀or฀table.
-฀near฀water,฀baths,฀or฀damp฀rooms.
-฀in฀direct฀sunlight,฀near฀heaters,฀or฀heat฀radiating฀appliances.
-฀in฀a฀dusty,฀smoky฀or฀steamy฀environment.
-฀on฀a฀sheet฀of฀paper฀or฀cloth,฀rugs฀or฀carpets.
•฀Do฀not฀install฀and฀store฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀below฀circumstances.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀cause฀of฀malfunction.
-฀In฀powerful฀magnetic฀elds.
-฀In฀corrosive฀gas฀environment.
•฀If฀you฀wish฀to฀have฀the฀projector฀installed฀on฀the฀ceiling:
-฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀install฀the฀projector฀yourself.
-฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀
of฀bodily฀injury.
-฀In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀
with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.
-฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.
background
iii
Important Information
WARNING
•฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀lens฀with฀the฀lens฀cap฀or฀equivalent฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.Doing฀so฀can฀lead฀to฀melting฀of฀
the฀cap฀due฀to฀the฀heat฀emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.
•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀lens.Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀
to฀the฀object฀melting฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.
•฀Do฀not฀spray฀ammable฀gas฀to฀get฀rid฀of฀dust฀and฀dirt฀that฀accumulate฀on฀the฀lens฀and฀the฀lters.Doing฀so฀could฀
cause฀a฀re.
Place the projector in a horizontal position
The฀tilt฀angle฀of฀the฀projector฀should฀not฀exceed฀4฀degrees,฀nor฀should฀the฀projector฀be฀installed฀in฀any฀way฀other฀than฀
the฀desktop฀and฀ceiling฀mount,฀otherwise฀lamp฀life฀could฀decrease฀dramatically.
Fire and Shock Precautions
•฀Ensure฀that฀there฀is฀sufcient฀ventilation฀and฀that฀vents฀are฀unobstructed฀to฀prevent฀the฀build-up฀of฀heat฀inside฀your฀
projector.฀Allow฀at฀least฀4฀inches฀(10cm)฀of฀space฀between฀your฀projector฀and฀a฀wall.
•฀Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀exhaust฀vents฀on฀the฀right฀side฀(when฀seen฀from฀the฀front)฀as฀it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀the฀
projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀
heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button.
Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.
•฀Prevent฀foreign฀objects฀such฀as฀paper฀clips฀and฀bits฀of฀paper฀from฀falling฀into฀your฀projector.Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀retrieve฀
any฀objects฀that฀might฀fall฀into฀your฀projector.Do฀not฀insert฀any฀metal฀objects฀such฀as฀a฀wire฀or฀screwdriver฀into฀your฀
projector.฀If฀something฀should฀fall฀into฀your฀projector,฀disconnect฀it฀immediately฀and฀have฀the฀object฀removed฀by฀a฀
qualied฀service฀personnel.
•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects฀on฀top฀of฀the฀projector.
•฀Do฀not฀touch฀the฀power฀plug฀during฀a฀thunderstorm.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀electrical฀shock฀or฀re.
•฀The฀projector฀is฀designed฀to฀operate฀on฀a฀power฀supply฀of฀100-240V฀AC฀50/60฀Hz.Ensure฀that฀your฀power฀supply฀
ts฀this฀requirement฀before฀attempting฀to฀use฀your฀projector.
•฀Do฀not฀look฀into฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀Serious฀damage฀to฀your฀eyes฀could฀result.
•฀Keep฀any฀items฀such฀as฀magnifying฀glass฀out฀of฀the฀light฀path฀of฀the฀projector.฀The฀light฀being฀projected฀from฀the฀
lens฀is฀extensive,฀therefore฀any฀kind฀of฀abnormal฀objects฀that฀can฀redirect฀light฀coming฀out฀of฀the฀lens,฀can฀cause฀
unpredictable฀outcome฀such฀as฀re฀or฀injury฀to฀the฀eyes.
•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀a฀projector฀exhaust฀vent.
Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀to฀the฀object฀melting฀or฀getting฀your฀hands฀burned฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀exhaust฀
vent.
background
iv
Important Information
•฀Do฀not฀splash฀water฀over฀the฀projector.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀electrical฀shock฀or฀re.฀If฀the฀projector฀gets฀wet,฀turn฀off฀
the฀projector,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀have฀the฀projector฀serviced฀by฀a฀qualied฀service฀personnel.
•฀Handle฀the฀power฀cord฀carefully.฀A฀damaged฀or฀frayed฀power฀cord฀can฀cause฀electric฀shock฀or฀re.
-฀Do฀not฀use฀any฀power฀cord฀other฀than฀the฀one฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector.
-฀Do฀not฀bend฀or฀tug฀the฀power฀cord฀excessively.
-฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀power฀cord฀under฀the฀projector,฀or฀any฀heavy฀object.
-฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀power฀cord฀with฀other฀soft฀materials฀such฀as฀rugs.
-฀Do฀not฀heat฀the฀power฀cord.
-฀Do฀not฀handle฀the฀power฀plug฀with฀wet฀hands.
•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀have฀the฀projector฀serviced฀by฀a฀qualied฀service฀personnel฀under฀
the฀following฀conditions:
-฀When฀the฀power฀cord฀or฀plug฀is฀damaged฀or฀frayed.
-฀If฀liquid฀has฀been฀spilled฀into฀the฀projector,฀or฀if฀it฀has฀been฀exposed฀to฀rain฀or฀water.
-฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀operate฀normally฀when฀you฀follow฀the฀instructions฀described฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual.
-฀If฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀dropped฀or฀the฀cabinet฀has฀been฀damaged.
-฀If฀the฀projector฀exhibits฀a฀distinct฀change฀in฀performance,฀indicating฀a฀need฀for฀service.
•฀Disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀any฀other฀cables฀before฀carrying฀the฀projector.
•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀before฀cleaning฀the฀cabinet฀or฀replacing฀the฀lamp.
•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀to฀be฀used฀for฀an฀extended฀period฀of฀time.
•฀When฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable:
For฀safety,฀do฀not฀connect฀to฀the฀terminal฀for฀peripheral฀device฀wiring฀that฀might฀have฀excessive฀voltage.
CAUTION
•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt-foot฀for฀purposes฀other฀than฀originally฀intended.Misuses฀such฀as฀gripping฀the฀tilt-foot฀or฀hang-
ing฀on฀the฀wall฀can฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀projector.
•฀Do฀not฀send฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀soft฀case฀by฀parcel฀delivery฀service฀or฀cargo฀shipment.The฀projector฀inside฀the฀
soft฀case฀could฀be฀damaged.
•฀Select฀[HIGH]฀in฀Fan฀mode฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀consecutive฀days.(From฀the฀menu,฀select฀
[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS(1)]฀฀[FAN฀MODE]฀฀[HIGH].)
•฀Do฀not฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀while฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blink-
ing฀blue.฀Doing฀so฀could฀cause฀premature฀lamp฀failure.
Remote Control Precautions
•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.
•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.
•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.
•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.
•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.
•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.
•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.
•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.
•฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.
Note for Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999
The฀lamp(s)฀in฀this฀product฀contains฀mercury.฀Please฀dispose฀according฀to฀your฀local฀authority฀law.
FOR฀MORE฀INFORMATION,฀CONTACT:
NEC฀Display฀Solutions฀of฀America,฀Inc.
500฀Part฀Boulevard,฀Suite฀1100,฀Itasca,฀Illinois฀60143-1248
TELEPHONE฀800-836-0655
www.necdisplay.com
background
v
Important Information
Note for US Residents
The฀lamp฀in฀this฀product฀contains฀mercury.฀Please฀dispose฀according฀to฀Local,฀State฀or฀Federal฀Laws.
Lamp Replacement
•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.
•฀To฀replace฀the฀lamp,฀follow฀all฀instructions฀provided฀on฀page฀
118.
•฀Be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀when฀the฀message฀[THE LAMP HAS REACHED THE END OF ITS USABLE LIFE.
PLEASE REPLACE THE LAMP.]appears.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀
its฀usable฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀in฀the฀lamp฀case.Do฀not฀touch฀them฀
as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.
If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.
A Lamp Characteristic
The฀projector฀has฀a฀discharge฀lamp฀for฀special฀purposes฀as฀a฀light฀source.
A฀lamp฀has฀a฀characteristic฀that฀its฀brightness฀gradually฀decreases฀with฀age.฀Also฀repeatedly฀turning฀the฀lamp฀on฀
and฀off฀will฀increase฀the฀possibility฀of฀its฀lower฀brightness.
The฀actual฀lamp฀life฀may฀vary฀depending฀upon฀the฀individual฀lamp,฀the฀environmental฀conditions฀and฀usage.
CAUTION:
•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀off฀
and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.
•฀When฀removing฀the฀lamp฀from฀a฀ceiling-mounted฀projector,฀make฀sure฀that฀no฀one฀is฀under฀the฀projector.฀Glass฀
fragments฀could฀fall฀if฀the฀lamp฀has฀been฀burned฀out.
About High Altitude mode
•฀Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀4000฀feet/1200฀meters฀
or฀higher.
Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀4000฀feet/1200฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀
can฀cause฀the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀protector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀
turn฀on฀the฀projector.
•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀less฀than฀approximately฀4000฀feet/1200฀meters฀and฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀can฀
cause฀the฀lamp฀to฀overcool,฀causing฀the฀image฀to฀icker.฀Switch฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[AUTO].
•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀4000฀feet/1200฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀optical฀com-
ponents฀such฀as฀the฀lamp.
About Copyright of original projected pictures:
Please฀note฀that฀using฀this฀projector฀for฀the฀purpose฀of฀commercial฀gain฀or฀the฀attraction฀of฀public฀attention฀in฀a฀venue฀
such฀as฀a฀coffee฀shop฀or฀hotel฀and฀employing฀compression฀or฀expansion฀of฀the฀screen฀image฀with฀the฀following฀func-
tions฀may฀raise฀concern฀about฀the฀infringement฀of฀copyrights฀which฀are฀protected฀by฀copyright฀law.
[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[KEYSTONE],฀Magnifying฀feature฀and฀other฀similar฀features.
Turkish RoHS information relevant for Turkish market
EEE Yonetmeliğine Uygundur.
This฀device฀is฀not฀intended฀for฀use฀in฀the฀direct฀eld฀of฀view฀at฀visual฀display฀workplaces.To฀avoid฀incommoding฀reec-
tions฀at฀visual฀display฀workplaces฀this฀device฀must฀not฀be฀placed฀in฀the฀direct฀eld฀of฀view.
background
vi
Important Information
Power management function
The฀projector฀has฀power฀management฀functions.To฀reduce฀power฀consumption,฀the฀power฀management฀functions฀(1฀
and฀2)฀are฀factory฀preset฀as฀shown฀below.To฀control฀the฀projector฀from฀an฀external฀device฀via฀a฀LAN฀or฀serial฀cable฀
connection,฀use฀the฀on-screen฀menu฀to฀change฀the฀settings฀for฀1฀and฀2.
1. STANDBY MODE (Factory preset: NORMAL)
To control the projector from an external device, select [NETWORK STANDBY] for [STANDBY MODE].
NOTE:
•฀When฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀the฀following฀terminals฀and฀functions฀will฀not฀work:
MONITOR฀OUT฀terminal,฀AUDIO฀OUT฀terminal,฀LAN฀functions,฀Mail฀Alert฀function,฀DDC/CI฀(Virtual฀Remote฀Tool)
2. AUTO POWER OFF (Factory preset: 60 min.)
To control the projector from an external device, select [OFF] for [AUTO POWER OFF].
NOTE:
•฀When฀[1:00]฀is฀selected฀for฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF],฀you฀can฀enable฀the฀projector฀to฀automatically฀turn฀off฀in฀60฀minutes฀if฀there฀is฀
no฀signal฀received฀by฀any฀input฀or฀if฀no฀operation฀is฀performed.
Health precautions to users viewing 3D images
Before฀viewing,฀be฀sure฀to฀read฀health฀care฀precautions฀that฀may฀be฀found฀in฀the฀user’s฀manual฀included฀with฀your฀LCD฀
shutter฀eyeglasses฀or฀your฀3D฀compatible฀content฀such฀as฀DVDs,฀video฀games,฀computer's฀video฀les฀and฀the฀like.
To฀avoid฀any฀adverse฀symptoms,฀heed฀the฀following:
•฀Do฀not฀use฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀for฀viewing฀any฀material฀other฀than฀3D฀images.
•฀Allow฀a฀distance฀of฀2฀m/7฀feet฀or฀greater฀between฀the฀screen฀and฀a฀user.฀Viewing฀3D฀images฀from฀too฀close฀a฀
distance฀can฀strain฀your฀eyes.
•฀Avoid฀viewing฀3D฀images฀for฀a฀prolonged฀period฀of฀time.Take฀a฀break฀of฀15฀minutes฀or฀longer฀after฀every฀hour฀
of฀viewing.
•฀If฀you฀or฀any฀member฀of฀your฀family฀has฀a฀history฀of฀light-sensitive฀seizures,฀consult฀a฀doctor฀before฀viewing฀3D฀
images.
•฀While฀viewing฀3D฀images,฀if฀you฀get฀sick฀such฀as฀nausea,฀dizziness,฀queasiness,฀headache,฀eyestrain,฀blurry฀
vision,฀convulsions,฀and฀numbness,฀stop฀viewing฀them.฀If฀symptoms฀still฀persist,฀consult฀a฀doctor.
•฀View฀3D฀images฀from฀the฀front฀of฀the฀screen.฀Viewing฀from฀an฀angle฀may฀cause฀fatigue฀or฀eyestrain.
Model Number of Wireless LAN unit
Wireless฀LAN฀unit฀is฀an฀optional฀item.
To฀nd฀the฀appropriate฀model฀to฀your฀area,฀please฀visit฀the฀company฀website:
URL:฀฀
http://www.nec-display.com/global/support/index.html
background
vii
Table of Contents
Important Information ............................................................................................i
1. Introduction ...........................................................................................................1
What’s฀in฀the฀Box? ..........................................................................................................1
฀Introduction฀to฀the฀Projector ...........................................................................................2
General .....................................................................................................................2
Installation ................................................................................................................. 2
Videos .......................................................................................................................2
Network ..................................................................................................................... 2
Energy-saving ...........................................................................................................3
About฀this฀user’s฀manual ........................................................................................... 3
฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Projector ...........................................................................................4
Front ..........................................................................................................................4
Mounting฀the฀lens฀cap฀strap ...................................................................................... 4
Rear ..........................................................................................................................5
Controls/Indicators ....................................................................................................6
Terminal฀Panel฀Features ...........................................................................................7
฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Remote฀Control ................................................................................8
Battery฀Installation ....................................................................................................9
Remote฀Control฀Precautions ..................................................................................... 9
Operating฀Range฀for฀Wireless฀Remote฀Control ......................................................... 9
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation) ...............................................10
฀Flow฀of฀Projecting฀an฀Image .........................................................................................10
฀Connecting฀Your฀Computer/Connecting฀the฀Power฀Cord ..............................................11
Turning฀on฀the฀Projector ...............................................................................................12
Note฀on฀Startup฀screen฀(Menu฀Language฀Select฀screen) ....................................... 13
฀Selecting฀a฀Source .......................................................................................................14
Selecting฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source..................................................................14
฀Adjusting฀the฀Picture฀Size฀and฀Position ........................................................................16
Adjusting฀the฀vertical฀position฀of฀a฀projected฀image฀(Lens฀shift) .............................17
Focus ......................................................................................................................19
Zoom ....................................................................................................................... 19
Adjusting฀the฀tilt฀(Tilt฀foot) .......................................................................................20
฀Correcting฀Keystone฀Distortion฀[KEYSTONE] ..............................................................21
฀Optimizing฀Computer฀Signal฀Automatically ..................................................................23
Adjusting฀the฀Image฀Using฀Auto฀Adjust ...................................................................23
Turning฀Up฀or฀Down฀Volume .........................................................................................23
Turning฀off฀the฀Projector ...............................................................................................24
When฀Moving฀the฀Projector ..........................................................................................25
3. Convenient Features ......................................................................................26
Turning฀off฀the฀Image฀and฀Sound .................................................................................26
฀Freezing฀a฀Picture ........................................................................................................26
฀Magnifying฀a฀Picture .....................................................................................................27
฀Changing฀Eco฀Mode/Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀ .................................................28
Using฀Eco฀Mode฀[ECO฀MODE] ...............................................................................28
Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀[CARBON฀METER] ..............................................29
background
viii
Table of Contents
฀Preventing฀the฀Unauthorized฀Use฀of฀the฀Projector฀[SECURITY] ..................................30
Viewing฀3D฀Images ....................................................................................................... 33
LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀(recommended) ...............................................................33
Steps฀for฀viewing฀3D฀images฀on฀the฀projector.........................................................33
Troubleshooting฀on฀viewing฀3D฀images...................................................................36
4. Using On-Screen Menu .................................................................................37
฀Using฀the฀Menus ...........................................................................................................37
Menu฀Elements .......................................................................................................38
฀List฀of฀Menu฀Items ........................................................................................................39
฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SOURCE] .................................................................42
HDMI1฀and฀HDMI2..................................................................................................42
COMPUTER ...........................................................................................................42
VIDEO ..................................................................................................................... 42
HDBaseT ................................................................................................................42
APPS ......................................................................................................................42
฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[ADJUST] ................................................................... 43
[PICTURE] ..............................................................................................................43
[IMAGE฀OPTIONS] .................................................................................................46
฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SETUP] ..................................................................... 50
[GENERAL] ............................................................................................................. 50
[MENU] ...................................................................................................................53
[INSTALLATION] .....................................................................................................55
[OPTIONS(1)] .........................................................................................................59
[OPTIONS(2)] .........................................................................................................61
[3D] .........................................................................................................................64
฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[INFO.] .......................................................................66
[USAGE฀TIME] ........................................................................................................66
[SOURCE(1)] ..........................................................................................................67
[SOURCE(2)] ..........................................................................................................67
[HDBaseT] ..............................................................................................................67
[WIRED฀LAN] ..........................................................................................................67
[WIRELESS฀LAN] ...................................................................................................67
[VERSION(1)] .........................................................................................................67
[VERSION(2)] .........................................................................................................67
[OTHERS] ...............................................................................................................67
฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[RESET] ..................................................................... 68
Returning฀to฀Factory฀Default฀[RESET] ....................................................................68
5. Installation and Connections ....................................................................69
฀Setting฀Up฀the฀Screen฀and฀the฀Projector ......................................................................69
Tables฀of฀screen฀sizes฀and฀dimensions ..................................................................71
Example฀of฀installation฀on฀a฀desktop ......................................................................72
Lens฀shifting฀range ..................................................................................................73
฀Making฀Connections .....................................................................................................75
Connecting฀Your฀Computer .....................................................................................75
Connecting฀an฀External฀Monitor .............................................................................77
Connecting฀Your฀DVD฀Player฀or฀Other฀AV฀Equipment ............................................. 78
Connecting฀Component฀Input .................................................................................79
Connecting฀HDMI฀Input...........................................................................................80
background
ix
Table of Contents
Connecting฀your฀document฀camera ........................................................................81
Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN ....................................................................................82
Connecting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP05LM฀series) ..................................... 83
Connecting฀to฀a฀HDBaseT฀transmission฀device฀(sold฀commercially) ......................86
6. APPS MENU .........................................................................................................88
What฀can฀you฀do฀with฀the฀APPS฀MENU? .....................................................................88
7. User Supportware ............................................................................................92
฀Software฀Included฀on฀CD-ROM ....................................................................................92
฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Image฀
Express฀Utility฀Lite) .................................................................................................93
Starting฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀from฀a฀USB฀Memory฀or฀SD฀Card .....................96
฀Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀in฀Image฀Express฀
Utility฀Lite) ...............................................................................................................98
What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀GCT .....................................................................................98
Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(GCT) ..............................................................98
฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5) ........................101
฀Using฀the฀Computer฀Cable฀(VGA)฀to฀Operate฀the฀Projector฀(Virtual฀Remote฀Tool) ....106
฀Projecting฀photos฀or฀documents฀saved฀on฀the฀smartphone฀over฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀
(Wireless฀Image฀Utility) .........................................................................................112
8. Maintenance .....................................................................................................113
฀Cleaning฀the฀Filters.....................................................................................................113
฀Cleaning฀the฀Lens.......................................................................................................116
฀Cleaning฀the฀Cabinet ..................................................................................................117
฀Replacing฀the฀Lamp฀and฀the฀Filters ............................................................................ 118
9. Appendix ..............................................................................................................125
Troubleshooting ..........................................................................................................125
Indicator฀Messages ............................................................................................... 125
Common฀Problems฀&฀Solutions ............................................................................127
If฀there฀is฀no฀picture,฀or฀the฀picture฀is฀not฀displayed฀correctly. ............................... 128
฀Specications .............................................................................................................129
฀Cabinet฀Dimensions ...................................................................................................131
฀Attaching฀the฀Optional฀Cable฀Cover฀(NP09CV) ..........................................................132
Attaching฀the฀cable฀cover ...................................................................................... 132
Removing฀the฀cable฀cover .....................................................................................133
฀Pin฀assignments฀and฀signal฀names฀of฀main฀terminals ...............................................134
฀Compatible฀Input฀Signal฀List .......................................................................................136
฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀and฀Cable฀Connection ..................................................................137
฀Update฀the฀Software ...................................................................................................138
Troubleshooting฀Check฀List ......................................................................................... 140
฀REGISTER฀YOUR฀PROJECTOR!฀(for฀residents฀in฀the฀United฀States,฀Canada,฀and฀
Mexico) .................................................................................................................142
background
1
1. Introduction
What’s in the Box?
Make฀sure฀your฀box฀contains฀everything฀listed.฀If฀any฀pieces฀are฀missing,฀contact฀your฀dealer.
Please฀save฀the฀original฀box฀and฀packing฀materials฀if฀you฀ever฀need฀to฀ship฀your฀projector.
Projector
Remote control
(7N901122)
Batteries (AAA × 2)
Power cord
(US: 7N080240/7N080243)
(EU: 7N080027/7N080029)
Computer cable (VGA)
(7N520089)
Lens cap strap
For North America only
Limited warranty
For customers in Europe:
You will find our current valid Guar-
antee Policy on our Web Site:
www.nec-display-solutions.com
•฀Important฀Information฀(For฀North฀
America: 7N8N6521) (For Other
countries than North America:
7N8N6521 and 7N8N6531)
•฀Quick฀Setup฀Guide฀(7N8N6541)/
(7N8N6551)
NEC Projector CD-ROM
User’s manual (PDF) and the utility
software
(7N952321)
background
2
1. Introduction
Introduction to the Projector
This฀section฀introduces฀you฀to฀your฀new฀projector฀and฀describes฀the฀features฀and฀controls.
General
•฀Single-chip฀DLP฀projector฀with฀high฀resolution฀and฀high฀brightness
Model฀nameDMD฀panelResolutionAspect฀ratio
P502H/P452H 0.65฀type1920฀×฀1080฀pixels16:9
P502W/P452W 0.65฀type1280฀×฀800฀pixels16:10
•฀Lamp฀life฀up฀to฀5000฀hours
Using฀in฀Eco฀Mode฀allows฀you฀to฀prolong฀the฀projector’s฀lamp฀life฀up฀to฀5000฀hours฀(up฀to฀3000฀hours฀in฀ECO฀
MODE฀OFF).
•฀20฀W฀built-in฀speaker฀for฀an฀integrated฀audio฀solution฀/mic฀input฀supprted
Powerful฀20฀watt฀monaural฀speaker฀provides฀volume฀need฀for฀large฀rooms฀a฀dynamic฀or฀condenser฀mic฀can฀be฀
used.
Installation
•฀Lens฀shift฀mechanism฀for฀adjusting฀the฀position฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀easily
The฀position฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀is฀moved฀by฀turning฀the฀two฀dials฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀top,฀one฀for฀the฀
vertical฀direction฀and฀another฀for฀the฀horizontal฀direction.
Videos
•฀Wide฀range฀of฀input฀terminals฀(HDMI฀×฀2,฀HDBaseT,฀etc.)
The฀projector฀is฀equipped฀with฀a฀variety฀of฀input฀terminals:฀HDMI฀(×฀2),฀Computer฀(analog),฀Video,฀HDBaseT,฀etc.
HDMI฀input฀terminal฀on฀this฀product฀supports฀HDCP.HDBase฀T฀is฀a฀connection฀standard฀for฀home฀appliances฀that฀
is฀established฀by฀the฀HDBaseT฀Alliance.
•฀Supports฀HDMI฀3D฀format
This฀projector฀can฀be฀used฀to฀watch฀videos฀in฀3D฀using฀commercially-available฀active฀shutter-type฀3D฀eyewear฀
and฀3D฀emitters฀that฀support฀Xpand฀3D.
Network
•฀Equips฀the฀feature฀of฀APPS฀MENU฀that฀can฀utilize฀the฀network.
The฀APPS฀MENU฀provides฀various฀functions฀as฀VIEWER,฀REMOTE฀DESKTOP฀CONNECTION,฀IMAGE฀EXPRESS฀
UTILITY,฀Miracast,฀NETWORK฀SETTINGS฀(Wired฀LAN/Wireless฀LAN),฀and฀PROGRAM฀TIMER.
•฀Convenient฀utility฀software฀(User฀Supportware)฀provided฀as฀standard
The฀ve฀utility฀software฀stored฀in฀the฀enclosed฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀(Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀(For฀Windows/
OS฀X),Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀(for฀Windows฀)฀and฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀(for฀OS฀X))฀can฀be฀
used.
•฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW฀compatible
This฀projector฀supports฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW,฀allowing฀multiple฀devices฀connected฀to฀the฀network฀to฀be฀man-
aged฀from฀a฀computer฀or฀controller.
background
3
1. Introduction
Energy-saving
•฀0.26฀W฀(100-130฀V฀AC)/0.33฀W฀(200-240฀V฀AC)฀in฀standby฀condition฀with฀energy฀saving฀technology
Selecting฀[NORMAL]฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu฀can฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀power-saving฀mode.
NORMAL:฀0.26฀W฀(100-130฀V฀AC)/0.33฀W฀(200-240฀V฀AC)
NETWORK฀STANDBY:฀2.6฀W฀(100-130฀V฀AC)/2.6฀W฀(200-240฀V฀AC)
•฀“ECO฀MODE”฀for฀low฀power฀consumption฀and฀“CARBON฀METER”฀display
The฀power-saving฀is฀effective฀when฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀set฀is฀converted฀into฀the฀amount฀of฀reductions฀of฀CO
2
emissions฀and฀this฀is฀indicated฀on฀the฀conrmation฀message฀displayed฀when฀the฀power฀is฀turned฀off฀and฀at฀[INFO.]฀
on฀the฀on-screen฀menu฀(CARBON฀METER).
About this user’s manual
The฀fastest฀way฀to฀get฀started฀is฀to฀take฀your฀time฀and฀do฀everything฀right฀the฀rst฀time.฀Take฀a฀few฀minutes฀now฀to฀
review฀the฀user’s฀manual.฀This฀may฀save฀you฀time฀later฀on.฀At฀the฀beginning฀of฀each฀section฀of฀the฀manual฀you’ll฀nd฀
an฀overview.฀If฀the฀section฀doesn’t฀apply,฀you฀can฀skip฀it.
background
4
1. Introduction
Part Names of the Projector
Front
Remote Sensor
( page 9)
Lens shift dials (Horizontal/Vertical)
( page 17)
Lens Cap
Tilt Foot
( page 20)
Model name
Model name is indicated on the bot-
tom face of the projector
Wireless LAN cover
(
page 83)
Exhaust Vent
Focus Ring
(
page 19)
Lamp cover
( page 119)
Remote Sensor
(
page 9)
Zoom Lever
( page 19)
Lens
Intake฀Vent
( page 113)
Mounting the lens cap strap
1. Insert the tip of the strap into the lens cap mount hole and pass
the knot through.
Lens cap mount hole
2. Insert the knot into the strap mount hole (large) on the bottom of
the projector, then press it into the narrow (small) hole.
background
5
1. Introduction
Indicators
( page 6)
Controls
(
page 6)
Intake฀Vent฀Filter
( page 113, 123)
Remote Sensor
( page 9)
Security chain opening
Attach an anti-theft device.
The security chain opening accepts
security wires or chains up to 0.18
inch/4.6 mm in diameter.
Terminals
( page 7)
AC฀Input
Connect the supplied power cord’s
three-pin plug here, and plug the
other end into an active wall outlet.
( page 11)
Monaural฀Speaker
Intake฀Vent
( page 113)
Built-in Security Slot ( )*
Rear
Connection for cable cover (Left/
Right) Screw holes
( page 132)
*฀This฀security฀slot฀supports฀the฀
MicroSaver
®
฀Security฀System.
background
6
1. Introduction
Controls/Indicators
7
9
11
10
2
3 4
6
8
1
5
1. ฀(POWER)฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀12, 24)
2. POWER Indicator
฀(฀page฀
11, 12, 24, 125)
3. STATUS Indicator
฀(฀page฀
125)
4.LAMP฀Indicator฀
฀(฀page฀
125)
5.ECO฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
28)
6. SOURCE Button
฀(฀page฀
14)
7. AUTO ADJ. Button
฀(฀page฀
23)
8. MENU Button
฀(฀page฀
37)
9. ▲▼◀▶฀/฀Volume฀Buttons฀◀▶ / Keystone Button
฀(
฀page฀
13, 21, 23, 37)
10. ENTER Button
฀(฀page฀
37)
11. EXIT Button
฀(฀page฀
37)
background
7
1. Introduction
Terminal Panel Features
1.COMPUTER฀IN/฀Component฀Input฀Terminal฀(Mini฀
D-Sub฀15฀Pin)฀
฀(฀page฀
75, 79, 81)
2.COMPUTER฀AUDIO฀IN฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀
฀(฀page฀
75, 79)
3.HDMI฀1฀IN฀Terminal฀(Type฀A)฀
฀(฀page฀
75, 76, 80)
4.HDMI฀2฀IN฀Terminal฀(Type฀A)฀
฀(฀page฀
75, 76, 80)
5.MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP.)฀Terminal฀(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀
Pin)฀
฀(฀page฀
77)
6.AUDIO฀OUT฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀
฀(฀page฀
77)
7.VIDEO฀IN฀Terminal฀(RCA)฀
฀(฀page฀
78, 81)
8.VIDEO฀AUDIO฀IN฀L/MONO,฀R฀(RCA)฀
฀(฀page฀
78)
9.Ethernet/HDBaseT฀Port฀(RJ-45)฀
฀(฀page฀
82, 86)
10.LAN฀Port฀(RJ-45)฀
฀(฀page฀
82, 87)
11.USB฀(Wireless฀LAN)฀Port฀
฀(฀page฀
85)
12.USB฀Port฀(Type฀A)฀
฀(฀page฀
89)
13.3D฀SYNC฀Terminal฀(Mini฀DIN฀3฀Pin)฀
฀(฀page฀
35)
14.PC฀CONTROL฀[PC฀CONTROL]฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9฀Pin)฀
฀(฀page฀137)
Use฀this฀port฀to฀connect฀a฀PC฀or฀control฀system.
This฀enables฀you฀to฀control฀the฀projector฀using฀serial฀
communication฀protocol.If฀you฀are฀writing฀your฀own฀
program,฀typical฀PC฀control฀codes฀are฀on฀page฀137.
15.SERVICE฀Port฀(USB฀Type฀B)
(for฀service฀purpose฀only)
16.REMOTE฀Connector฀(Stereo฀Mini)
Use฀this฀connector฀for฀wired฀remote฀control฀of฀the฀
projector฀using฀the฀NEC฀remote฀control฀for฀PX750U/
PH1000U/PH1400U/PX602UL/PH1202HL฀series.
Connect฀the฀projector฀and฀optional฀remote฀control฀
using฀a฀commercially฀available฀wired฀remote฀control฀
cable.
NOTE:฀
•฀When฀a฀remote฀control฀cable฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀REMOTE฀
connector,฀infrared฀remote฀control฀operations฀cannot฀be฀
performed.
•฀When฀[HDBaseT]฀is฀selected฀in฀the฀[REMOTE฀SENSOR]฀
and฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀commercially-available฀
transmission฀device฀that฀supports฀HDBaseT,฀remote฀control฀
operations฀in฀infra-red฀cannot฀be฀carried฀out฀if฀transmission฀
of฀remote฀control฀signals฀has฀been฀set฀up฀in฀the฀transmission฀
device.฀However,฀remote฀control฀using฀infrared฀rays฀can฀be฀
carried฀out฀when฀the฀power฀supply฀of฀the฀transmission฀device฀
is฀switched฀off.
1 523 4
716 1413
6
9101511
12
8
background
8
1. Introduction
Part Names of the Remote Control
3
4
6
7
1
2
10
16
17
15
14
9
5
8
13
30
31
32
20
21
26
28
29
25
24
23
22
27
33
19
18
12
11
1. Infrared Transmitter
฀(฀page฀9)
2. POWER ON Button
฀(฀page฀
12)
3. POWER STANDBY Button
฀(฀page฀
24)
4.SOURCE฀Button
฀(฀page฀
14)
5.COMPUTER฀1฀Button
฀(฀page฀
14)
6. COMPUTER 2 Button
(This฀button฀does฀not฀work฀in฀this฀
series฀of฀projectors)
7. AUTO ADJ. Button
฀(฀page฀
23)
8. HDMI 1 Button
฀(฀page฀
14)
9. HDMI 2 Button
฀(฀page฀
14)
10. DisplayPort Button
(This฀button฀does฀not฀work฀in฀this฀
series฀of฀projectors)฀
11.VIDEO฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
14)
12. HDBaseT Button
฀(฀page฀
14)
13. USB-B Button
(This฀button฀does฀not฀work฀in฀this฀
series฀of฀projectors)฀
14.APPS฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
14, 88)
15.ID฀SET฀Button
฀(฀page฀
57)
16. Numeric Keypad Button/
CLEAR Button
฀(
฀page฀
57)
17. FREEZE Button
฀(฀page฀
26)
18.AV-MUTE฀Button
฀(฀page฀
26)
19. MENU Button
฀(฀page฀
37)
20. EXIT Button
฀(฀page฀
37)
21. ▲▼◀▶ Button
฀(
฀page฀
37)
22. ENTER Button
฀(฀page฀
37)
23.D-ZOOM฀(+)(–)฀Button
฀(฀page฀
27)
24.MOUSE฀L-CLICK฀Button*
(This฀button฀does฀not฀work฀in฀this฀
series฀of฀projectors)฀
25.MOUSE฀R-CLICK฀Button*
(This฀button฀does฀not฀work฀in฀this฀
series฀of฀projectors)฀
26. PAGE / Button
฀(
฀page฀
89)
27. ECO Button
฀(฀page฀
28)
28. KEYSTONE Button
฀(฀page฀
21)
29. PICTURE Button
฀(฀page฀
43, 45)
30.VOL.฀(+)(–)฀Button
฀(฀page฀
23)
31. ASPECT Button
฀(฀page฀
48)
32. FOCUS/ZOOM Button
(This฀button฀does฀not฀work฀in฀this฀
series฀of฀projectors)฀
33. HELP Button
฀(฀page฀
66)
background
9
1. Introduction
Battery Installation
1. Press firmly and slide the battery
cover off.
2. Install new batteries (AAA). En-
sure that you have the batteries’
polarity (+/−) aligned correctly.
3. Slip the cover back over the bat-
teries until it snaps into place. Do
not mix different types of batter-
ies or new and old batteries.
OPEN
OPEN
Remote Control Precautions
•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.
•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.
•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.
•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.
•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.
•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.
•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.
•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.
•฀Dispose฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.
Operating Range for Wireless Remote Control
30°
30°
30°
30° 30° 30° 30°
30°
23.0 feet/
7 m
23.0 feet/7 m
Remote sensor on projector cabinet
Remote sensor on projector cabinet
Remote control
Remote control
•฀The฀infrared฀signal฀operates฀by฀line-of-sight฀up฀to฀a฀distance฀of฀about฀23฀feet/7฀m฀and฀within฀a฀60-degree฀angle฀of฀
the฀remote฀sensor฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.
•฀The฀projector฀will฀not฀respond฀if฀there฀are฀objects฀between฀the฀remote฀control฀and฀the฀sensor,฀or฀if฀strong฀light฀falls฀
on฀the฀sensor.Weak฀batteries฀will฀also฀prevent฀the฀remote฀control฀from฀properly฀operating฀the฀projector.
background
10
This฀section฀describes฀how฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀to฀project฀a฀picture฀onto฀the฀screen.
Flow of Projecting an Image
Step 1
•฀Connecting฀your฀computer฀/฀Connecting฀the฀power฀cord฀( page 11)
Step 2
•฀Turning฀on฀the฀projector฀( page 12)
Step 3
•฀Selecting฀a฀source฀( page 14)
Step 4
•฀Adjusting฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀position฀( page 16)
•฀Correcting฀keystone฀distortion฀[KEYSTONE]฀( page 21)
Step 5
•฀Adjusting฀a฀picture฀and฀sound
- Optimizing a computer signal automatically ( page 23)
- Turning up or down volume (
page 23)
Step 6
•฀Making฀a฀presentation
Step 7
•฀Turning฀off฀the฀projector฀( page 24)
Step 8
•฀When฀Moving฀the฀Projector฀( page 25)
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
background
11
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Connecting Your Computer/Connecting the Power Cord
1.Connect฀your฀computer฀to฀the฀projector.
This section will show you a basic connection to a computer. For information about other connections, see “5.
Installation฀and฀Connections”฀on฀page฀69.
Connect฀the฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀between฀the฀projector’s฀COMPUTER฀IN฀terminal฀and฀the฀computer’s฀port฀(mini฀
D-Sub 15 Pin). Turn two thumb screws of both terminals to fix the computer cable (VGA).
2.Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀projector.
First฀connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord’s฀three-pin฀plug฀to฀the฀AC฀IN฀of฀the฀projector,฀and฀then฀connect฀the฀other฀
plug of the supplied power cord in the wall outlet.
The projector’s power indicator will flash for a few seconds and then will light red* (standby mode).
*฀This฀will฀apply฀for฀both฀indicators฀when฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].฀See฀the฀Power฀Indicator฀
section.( page 125)
COMPUTER IN
Make฀sure฀that฀the฀prongs฀are฀fully฀inserted฀into฀
both฀the฀AC฀IN฀and฀the฀wall฀outlet.
To wall outlet
CAUTION:
Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button.
Be฀careful฀to฀handle฀the฀projector.
background
12
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Turning on the Projector
1. Remove the lens cap.
With the lens cap’s stopper pressed up, pull forward and
off.
Stopper
2. Press the
(POWER) button on the projector cabinet
or the POWER ON button on the remote control.
The POWER indicator lights blue and the image is projected
on the screen.
TIP:฀
•฀When฀the฀message฀“PROJECTOR฀IS฀LOCKED!฀ENTER฀YOUR฀
PASSWORD.”฀is฀displayed,฀it฀means฀that฀the฀[SECURITY]฀
feature฀is฀turned฀on.฀(฀page฀31)
After you turn on your projector, ensure that the computer
or video source is turned on.
NOTE:฀When฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀is฀
displayed฀(factory฀menu฀setting).
Standby Blinking Power On
Steady red light Blinking blue
light
Steady blue
light
(฀page฀
125)
background
13
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Note on Startup screen (Menu Language Select screen)
When฀you฀rst฀turn฀on฀the฀projector,฀you฀will฀get฀the฀Startup฀menu.This฀menu฀gives฀you฀the฀opportunity฀to฀select฀one฀
of฀the฀30฀menu฀languages.
To select a menu language, follow these steps:
1. Use the , , or button to select one of the 30
languages from the menu.
2. Press the ENTER button to execute the selection.
After฀this฀has฀been฀done,฀you฀can฀proceed฀to฀the฀menu฀
operation.
If฀you฀want,฀you฀can฀select฀the฀menu฀language฀later.
(฀[LANGUAGE]฀on฀page฀39฀and฀52)
NOTE:฀
•฀Keep฀the฀lens฀cap฀off฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector’s฀power฀is฀on.
If฀the฀lens฀cap฀is฀on,฀it฀could฀be฀warped฀due฀to฀high฀temperature.
•฀If฀one฀of฀the฀following฀things฀happens,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.
-฀If฀the฀internal฀temperature฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀too฀high,฀the฀projector฀detects฀abnormal฀high฀temperature.฀In฀this฀condition฀the฀
projector฀will฀not฀be฀turned฀to฀protect฀the฀internal฀system.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀for฀the฀projector’s฀internal฀components฀to฀cool฀
down.
-฀When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀its฀end฀of฀usable฀life,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.฀If฀this฀happens,฀replace฀the฀lamp.
-฀If฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀lights฀orange฀with฀the฀power฀button฀pressed,฀it฀means฀that฀the฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀is฀turned฀on.฀
Cancel฀the฀lock฀by฀turning฀it฀off.฀(฀page฀55)
-฀If฀the฀lamp฀fails฀to฀light,฀and฀if฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀ashes฀on฀and฀off฀in฀a฀cycle฀of฀six฀times,฀wait฀a฀full฀minute฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀
the฀power.
•฀While฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue฀in฀short฀cycles,฀the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀off฀by฀using฀the฀power฀button.
•฀Immediately฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector,฀screen฀icker฀may฀occur.฀This฀is฀normal.฀Wait฀3฀to฀5฀minutes฀until฀the฀lamp฀lighting฀is฀
stabilized.
•฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on,฀it฀may฀take฀some฀time฀before฀the฀lamp฀light฀becomes฀bright.
•฀If฀you฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀immediately฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀off฀or฀when฀the฀temperature฀is฀high,฀the฀fans฀run฀without฀display-
ing฀an฀image฀for฀some฀time฀and฀then฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀the฀image.
background
14
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Selecting a Source
Selecting the computer or video source
NOTE:฀Turn฀on฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source฀equipment฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.
Detecting the Signal Automatically
Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀once.The฀projector฀will฀search฀for฀the฀avail-
able฀input฀source฀and฀display฀it.The฀input฀source฀will฀change฀as฀follows:
[HDMI1]฀[HDMI2]฀[COMPUTER]฀[VIDEO]฀[HDBaseT]฀[APPS]
•฀With฀the฀SOURCE฀screen฀displayed,฀you฀can฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀
button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀select฀the฀input฀source.
TIP:฀If฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀input฀will฀be฀skipped.
Using the Remote Control
Press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀COMPUTER฀1,฀HDMI1,฀HDMI2,฀VIDEO,฀HDBaseT,฀
or฀APPS฀buttons.
background
15
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Selecting Default Source
You฀can฀so฀that฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.
1. Press the MENU button.
The menu will be displayed.
2. Press the
฀button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀the฀฀button฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[GENERAL].
3.
Press the
฀button฀four฀times฀to฀select฀[OPTIONS(2)].
4. Press the ฀button฀ve฀times฀to฀select฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The [DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT] screen will be displayed.
(
page 63)
5.
Select a source as the default source, and press the ENTER button.
6. Press the EXIT button a few times to close the menu.
7. Restart the projector.
The source you selected in step 5 will be projected.
TIP:฀
•฀When฀the฀projector฀and฀computer฀are฀connected฀and฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby,฀it฀is฀possible฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀projector’s฀power฀
and฀project฀the฀computer’s฀screen฀automatically฀by฀detecting฀the฀computer฀signals฀or฀HDMI฀signals฀issued฀from฀the฀computer.
([AUTO฀POWER฀ON]฀฀page฀62)
•฀On฀Windows฀notebook฀computer,฀it฀can฀switch฀to฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀output฀by฀the฀combination฀of฀Fn฀key฀and฀one฀of฀
function฀key.
background
16
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Adjusting the Picture Size and Position
Use฀the฀lens฀shift฀dial,฀the฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot฀lever,฀the฀zoom฀lever/zoom฀ring฀and฀the฀focus฀ring฀to฀adjust฀the฀picture฀
size฀and฀position.
In฀this฀chapter฀drawings฀and฀cables฀are฀omitted฀for฀clarity.
Adjusting฀the฀projected฀image’s฀vertical฀and฀horizontal฀
position฀[Lens฀shift]
(฀page฀17)
Adjusting฀the฀focus฀[Focus฀ring]
(฀page฀19)
Finely฀adjusting฀the฀size฀of฀an฀image
[Zoom฀lever]
(฀page฀19)
Adjusting฀the฀projected฀image’s฀height฀and฀horizontal฀tilt
[Tilt฀foot]
(฀page฀20)
Correcting฀the฀keystone฀distortion฀[Keystone]
(฀page฀21)
background
17
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Adjusting the vertical position of a projected image (Lens shift)
CAUTION
Perform฀the฀adjustment฀from฀behind฀or฀from฀the฀side฀of฀the฀projector.฀Adjusting฀from฀the฀front฀could฀expose฀your฀
eyes฀to฀strong฀light฀which฀could฀injure฀them.
1. Turn the lens shift dials clockwise or counterclockwise.
Vertical dial
Turn฀this฀clockwise฀or฀counterclockwise฀to฀adjust฀the฀projection฀position฀in฀the฀vertical฀direction.
Horizontal dial
Turn฀this฀clockwise฀or฀counterclockwise฀to฀adjust฀the฀projection฀position฀in฀the฀horizontal฀direction.
Lens shift dial
(Horizontal)
Lens shift dial
(Vertical)
Upward
Leftward
Downward
Rightward
NOTE:
•฀The฀dials฀can฀be฀turned฀more฀than฀one฀full฀turn,฀but฀the฀projection฀position฀cannot฀be฀moved฀more฀than฀the฀range฀indicated฀
on฀the฀following฀page.฀Do฀not฀force฀to฀turn฀the฀dials.฀Doing฀so฀may฀damage฀the฀dials.
•฀If฀the฀lens฀is฀shifted฀to฀the฀maximum฀in฀the฀diagonal฀direction,฀the฀edges฀of฀the฀screen฀will฀be฀dark฀or฀shaded.
•฀The฀vertical฀shift฀adjustment฀must฀be฀nished฀with฀an฀image฀shifted฀upward.฀If฀you฀nish฀the฀vertical฀shift฀adjustment฀with฀an฀
image฀shifted฀down,฀the฀zoom/focus฀adjustments฀or฀strong฀shaking฀may฀cause฀a฀projected฀image฀to฀slightly฀shift฀down.
background
18
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
TIP:฀
•฀The฀diagram฀below฀shows฀the฀lens฀shift฀adjustment฀range฀([ORIENTATION]:฀[DESKTOP฀FRONT]).
•฀For฀the฀lens฀shift฀adjustment฀range฀regarding฀the฀[CEILING฀FRONT]฀projection,฀see฀page฀73.
[P502H/P452H]
100%V
62%V
100%H
25%H
25%H
25%H
25%H
Height of projected image
Width of projected image
[P502W/P452W]
100%V
59%V
100%H
28%H
28%H
28%H
28%H
Height of projected image
Width of projected image
Description฀of฀symbols:฀V฀indicates฀vertical฀(height฀of฀the฀projected฀image),฀H฀indicates฀horizontal฀(width฀of฀the฀projected฀image).
background
19
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Focus
Use฀the฀FOCUS฀ring฀to฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus.
NOTE:
•฀Recommend฀to฀perform฀the฀focus฀adjustment฀after฀leaving฀the฀projector฀under฀the฀state฀the฀TEST฀PATTERN฀has฀been฀projected฀
for฀over฀30฀minutes.฀Please฀refer฀page฀58฀about฀the฀TEST฀PATTERN.
Focus ring
Zoom
Turn฀the฀zoom฀lever฀clockwise฀and฀counterclockwise.
Zoom lever
background
20
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Adjusting the tilt (Tilt foot)
Adjusting฀the฀left฀and฀right฀tilt.
1. Turn the left and right tilt feet to adjust.
The tilt feet lengthen and shorten when turned.
The height of the projected image is adjusted by turning the left
and right tilt feet.
If฀the฀projected฀image฀is฀tilted,฀turn฀one฀of฀the฀tilt฀feet฀to฀adjust฀the฀
image so that it is level.
•฀If฀the฀projected฀image฀is฀distorted,฀see฀“6฀Correcting฀Keystone฀
Distortion฀[KEYSTONE]”฀( page 21).
•฀The฀tilt฀feet฀can฀be฀lengthened฀by฀a฀maximum฀of฀18฀mm.
•฀The฀tilt฀feet฀can฀be฀used฀to฀tilt฀the฀projector฀by฀a฀maximum฀of฀
4°.
Up
Down
Tilt foot
NOTE:
•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt฀feet฀for฀any฀purpose฀other฀than฀adjusting฀the฀projector’s฀projection฀angle.
Handling฀the฀tilt฀feet฀improperly,฀such฀as฀carrying฀the฀projector฀by฀grasping฀the฀tilt฀foot฀or฀hooking฀it฀onto฀a฀wall฀using฀the฀tilt฀feet,฀
could฀damage฀the฀projector.
background
21
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Correcting Keystone Distortion [KEYSTONE]
When฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀exactly฀perpendicular฀to฀the฀screen,฀keystone฀distortion฀occurs.To฀overcome฀it,฀you฀can฀use฀the
“Keystone”function,฀a฀digital฀technology฀that฀can฀adjust฀for฀keystone-type฀distortion,฀resulting฀in฀a฀crisp,฀square฀image.
The฀following฀procedure฀explains฀how฀to฀use฀the฀[KEYSTONE]฀screen฀from฀the฀menu฀to฀correct฀trapezoidal฀distortions.
When฀the฀projector฀is฀placed฀diagonally฀to฀the฀screen,฀
When฀the฀projector฀is฀set฀up฀at฀an฀angle฀in฀relation฀to฀the฀screen,฀adjust฀the฀Horizontal฀option฀of฀the฀Keystone฀menu฀
so฀that฀the฀top฀and฀bottom฀of฀sides฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀are฀parallel.
1. When APPS is not selected as source and the menu is not dis-
played on, press the button on the projector cabinet.
The Keystone screen will be displayed on the screen.
•฀Press฀the฀KEYSTONE฀button฀when฀using฀the฀remote฀control.
•฀See฀page฀
22 for [RESET].
2. Press the button฀to฀select฀[VERTICAL]฀and฀then฀use฀the฀ or
so that the left and right sides of the projected image are parallel.
*฀Adjust฀the฀vertical฀keystone฀distortion.
Projected area
Screen frame
3. Align the left (or right) side of the screen with the left (or right)
side of the projected image.
•฀Use฀the฀shorter฀side฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀as฀the฀base.
•฀In฀the฀right฀example,฀use฀the฀left฀side฀as฀the฀base.
Align left side
background
22
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
4. Press the button฀to฀select฀[HORIZONTAL]฀and฀then฀use฀the฀
or so that the top and bottom sides of the projected image are
parallel.
•฀Adjust฀the฀horizontal฀keystone฀distortion.
5. Repeat steps 2 and 4 to correct keystone distortion.
6.After฀completing฀Keystone฀correction,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.
The Keystone screen will disappear.
•฀To฀perform฀Keystone฀correction฀again,฀press฀the฀ button to display
the Keystone screen and repeat above steps 1 to 6.
To฀return฀the฀keystone฀adjustments฀to฀default:
1. Press the ฀button฀to฀select฀[RESET]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
2. Press the or ฀button฀to฀select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The adjustments will be reset.
•฀When฀resetting,฀the฀[HORIZONTAL]฀and฀[VERTICAL]฀adjustment฀values฀are฀also฀reset.
•฀The฀KEYSTONE฀feature฀can฀cause฀an฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electronically.
background
23
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Optimizing Computer Signal Automatically
Adjusting the Image Using Auto Adjust
Optimizing฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.฀(COMPUTER)
Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀to฀optimize฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.
This฀adjustment฀may฀be฀necessary฀when฀you฀connect฀your฀computer฀for฀the฀rst฀time.
[Poor picture] [Normal picture]
NOTE:
Some฀signals฀may฀take฀time฀to฀display฀or฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly.
•฀If฀the฀Auto฀Adjust฀operation฀cannot฀optimize฀the฀computer฀signal,฀try฀to฀adjust฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀and฀[PHASE]฀
manually.฀(฀page฀46,฀47)
Turning Up or Down Volume
Sound฀level฀from฀the฀speaker฀or฀audio฀output฀can฀be฀adjusted.
TIP:฀When฀no฀menus฀appear,฀the฀฀and฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀work฀
as฀a฀volume฀control.฀
NOTE:
•฀Volume฀control฀is฀not฀available฀with฀the฀or฀button฀when฀an฀image฀is฀magni-
ed฀by฀using฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(+)฀button,฀when฀the฀menu฀is฀displayed,฀or฀when฀the฀
APPS฀is฀displayed.
TIP:฀The฀[BEEP]฀sound฀volume฀cannot฀be฀adjusted.฀To฀turn฀off฀the฀[BEEP]฀sound,฀
from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS฀(1)]฀฀[BEEP]฀฀[OFF].
Increase฀volume
Decrease volume
background
24
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Turning off the Projector
To฀turn฀off฀the฀projector:
1. First, press the (POWER) button on the projector
cabinet or the STANDBY button on the remote control.
The confirmation message will be displayed.
•฀The฀conrmation฀message฀displayed฀when฀the฀power฀
is turned off indicates the amount of CO
2
reduction this
session and lamp life remaining (
page 29).
2. Secondly, press the ENTER button or press the
(POWER) or the STANDBY button again.
The lamp and the power are turned off and the cooling
fan stops to rotate, the projector goes into the STANDBY
MODE. When in standby mode, the POWER indicator
will light red and the STATUS indicator will turn off when
[NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE].
Power On
Steady blue light
Fan rotating Standby
Blinking orange
light
Steady red light
3. Mount the lens cap.
Put the top side of the lens cap to the right position on the
cabinet and push in the bottom side. The stopper is secured
to the projector.
Stopper
CAUTION:
Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button.
Be฀careful฀to฀handle฀the฀projector.
NOTE:
•฀While฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀blue฀in฀short฀cycles,฀the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀off฀by฀using฀the฀power฀button.
•฀You฀cannot฀run฀off฀the฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀immediately฀after฀turning฀it฀on฀and฀displaying฀an฀image.
•฀Wait฀for฀about฀10฀seconds฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀power฀after฀making฀adjustment฀or฀change฀on฀each฀setting฀and฀close฀its฀menu.฀If฀the฀
power฀is฀turned฀off฀during฀this฀period,฀the฀adjustment฀and฀change฀may฀be฀reset฀at฀default฀setting.
•฀Do฀not฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀while฀the฀cooling฀fan฀remains฀to฀rotate.฀It฀may฀be฀cause฀of฀malfunction.
background
25
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
When Moving the Projector
Preparation:฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.
1. If the separately sold cable cover is mounted, remove it.
(
page 132)
2. Unplug the power cord.
3. Disconnect any other cables.
•฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀if฀it฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.
background
26
Turning off the Image and Sound
Press฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀image฀and฀sound฀for฀a฀short฀
period฀of฀time.฀Press฀again฀to฀restore฀the฀image฀and฀sound.
NOTE:
•฀Even฀though฀the฀image฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀menu฀still฀remains฀on฀the฀screen.
Freezing a Picture
Press฀the฀FREEZE฀button.If฀the฀image฀of฀a฀DVD฀player,฀etc.,฀is฀be-
ing฀projected,฀the฀video฀switches฀to฀a฀still฀image.฀Press฀the฀FREEZE฀
button฀again฀to฀resume฀the฀video.
NOTE:฀The฀image฀is฀frozen฀but฀the฀original฀video฀is฀still฀playing฀back.
3. Convenient Features
background
27
3. Convenient Features
Magnifying a Picture
You฀can฀enlarge฀the฀picture฀up฀to฀four฀times.
NOTE:
•฀The฀maximum฀magnication฀may฀be฀less฀than฀four฀times฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.
To฀do฀so:
1.Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(+)฀button฀to฀magnify฀the฀picture.
To move the magnified image, use the ,, or button.
2. Press the ▲▼◀▶ button.
The area of the magnified image will be moved
3.Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(−)฀button.
Each time the D-ZOOM (−) button is pressed, the image is reduced.
NOTE:฀
•฀The฀image฀will฀be฀magnied฀or฀demagnied฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.
•฀Displaying฀the฀menu฀will฀cancel฀the฀current฀magnication.
background
28
3. Convenient Features
Changing Eco Mode/Checking Energy-Saving Effect
Using Eco Mode [ECO MODE]
The฀ECO฀MODE฀(NORMAL฀and฀ECO)฀increases฀lamp฀life,฀while฀lowering฀power฀consumption฀and฀cutting฀down฀on฀
CO
2
฀emissions.
Four฀brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp฀can฀be฀selected:฀[OFF],฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[ECO]฀modes.
[ECO฀MODE]฀DescriptionStatus฀of฀LAMP฀indicator
[OFF]The฀lamp฀brightness฀is฀100%.
Off
[AUTO฀ECO]
Lamp฀power฀consumption฀will฀be฀controlled฀between฀
[OFF]฀and฀[ECO]฀automatically฀according฀to฀picture฀level.
NOTE:฀A฀bright฀gradation฀may฀be฀less฀visible฀depending฀on฀
the฀image.
Steady฀Green฀
light
[NORMAL]
Lamp฀power฀consumption.(approx.80%฀brightness)฀
The฀lamp฀life฀will฀extend฀by฀lowering฀the฀lamp฀power.
[ECO]
Lamp฀power฀consumption฀(approx.60%฀brightness).The฀
lamp฀life฀will฀extend฀longer฀than฀the฀one฀on฀NORMAL฀
mode฀by฀controlling฀power฀appropriate฀for฀the฀lamp.
The฀maximum฀power฀becomes฀equivalent฀to฀the฀power฀
in฀NORMAL.
To฀turn฀on฀the฀[ECO฀MODE],฀do฀the฀following:
1.Press฀the฀ECO฀Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀display฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.
2.Press฀the฀ECO฀button฀again฀to฀select฀a฀mode฀you฀wish.
•฀Each฀time฀the฀ECO฀button฀is฀pressed,฀the฀choices฀will฀be฀changed:
OFF AUTO ECO NORMAL ECO OFF
TIP:฀
•฀The฀leaf฀symbol฀at฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀menu฀shows฀the฀current฀selection฀of฀ECO฀mode.
NOTE:฀
•฀The฀ECO฀MODE฀and฀DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST฀features฀control฀the฀lamp฀power.฀Some฀pictures฀may฀become฀extremely฀bright฀when฀
using฀both฀ECO฀MODE฀and฀DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST฀features฀to฀control฀the฀lamp฀power.฀To฀avoid฀this฀phenomena,฀turn฀off฀the฀ECO฀
MODE฀and฀DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST.
•฀Immediately฀after฀the฀menu฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE],฀the฀screen฀may฀icker.฀This฀is฀not฀malfunction.
•฀Using฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL],฀or฀[ECO]฀mode฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]฀may฀cause฀poor฀halftones฀depending฀on฀the฀
projected฀image.
•฀When฀[ECO]฀has฀been฀set฀for฀[ECO฀MODE],฀the฀fan฀noise฀may฀change฀in฀a฀certain฀cycle.
•฀The฀[ECO฀MODE]฀can฀be฀changed฀by฀using฀the฀menu.
Select฀[SETUP]฀฀[GENERAL]฀฀[ECO฀MODE].
•฀The฀lamp฀life฀remaining฀and฀lamp฀hours฀used฀can฀be฀checked฀in฀[USAGE฀TIME].฀Select฀[INFO.]฀[USAGE฀TIME].
•฀The฀projector฀is฀always฀in฀[NORMAL]฀for฀90฀seconds฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀while฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blinking฀green.฀
The฀lamp฀condition฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀changed.
•฀After฀a฀lapse฀of฀1฀minute฀from฀when฀the฀projector฀displays฀no-signal฀guidance,฀a฀blue,฀black฀or฀logo฀screen,฀[ECO฀MODE]฀will฀
automatically฀switch฀to฀[ECO].
•฀If฀the฀projector฀is฀overheated฀in฀[OFF]฀mode,฀there฀may฀be฀a฀case฀where฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀automatically฀changes฀to฀[NORMAL]฀
mode฀to฀protect฀the฀projector.฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀[NORMAL]฀mode,฀the฀picture฀brightness฀decreases.฀When฀the฀projector฀
comes฀back฀to฀normal฀temperature,฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀returns฀to฀[OFF]฀mode.
Thermometer฀symbol฀[฀
฀]฀indicates฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀automatically฀set฀to฀[NORMAL]฀mode฀because฀the฀internal฀temperature฀
is฀too฀high.
background
29
3. Convenient Features
Checking Energy-Saving Effect [CARBON METER]
This฀feature฀will฀show฀energy-saving฀effect฀in฀terms฀of฀CO
2
emission฀reduction฀(kg)฀when฀the฀projector’s฀[ECO฀MODE]฀
is฀set.This฀feature฀is฀called฀as฀[CARBON฀METER].
There฀are฀two฀messages:฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀and฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION].The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀
SAVINGS]฀message฀shows฀the฀total฀amount฀of฀CO
2
฀emission฀reduction฀from฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀up฀to฀now.You฀can฀
check฀the฀information฀on฀[USAGE฀TIME]฀from฀[INFO.]฀of฀the฀menu.฀(฀page฀
66)
The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION]฀message฀shows฀the฀amount฀of฀CO
2
emission฀reduction฀between฀the฀time฀of฀
changing฀to฀ECO฀MODE฀immediately฀after฀the฀time฀of฀power-on฀and฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-
SESSION]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀[POWER฀OFF/฀ARE฀YOU฀SURE?]฀message฀at฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.
TIP:
•฀The฀formula฀as฀shown฀below฀is฀used฀to฀calculate฀the฀amount฀of฀CO
2
฀emission฀reduction.
Amount฀of฀CO
2
emission฀reduction฀=฀(Power฀consumption฀in฀[OFF]฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]฀−฀Power฀consumption฀in฀[ECO฀MODE])฀×฀
CO
2
conversion฀factor.*฀When฀the฀image฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button,฀the฀amount฀of฀CO
2
emmission฀reduction฀will฀also฀
increase.
*฀Calculation฀for฀amount฀of฀CO
2
emission฀reduction฀is฀based฀on฀an฀OECD฀publication฀“CO
2
Emissions฀from฀Fuel฀Combustion,฀
2008฀Edition”.
•฀The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀is฀calculated฀based฀on฀savings฀recorded฀in฀15฀minutes฀intervals.
•฀This฀formula฀will฀not฀apply฀to฀the฀power฀consumption฀which฀is฀not฀affected฀by฀whether฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀turned฀on฀or฀off.
background
30
3. Convenient Features
Preventing the Unauthorized Use of the Projector [SECURITY]
A฀keyword฀can฀be฀set฀for฀your฀projector฀using฀the฀Menu฀to฀avoid฀operation฀by฀an฀unauthorized฀user.When฀a฀keyword฀
is฀set,฀turning฀on฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀the฀Keyword฀input฀screen.฀Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀pro-
jector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.
•฀The฀[SECURITY]฀setting฀cannot฀be฀cancelled฀by฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀of฀the฀menu.
To enable the Security function:
1. Press the MENU button.
The menu will be displayed.
2. Press the
button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀฀button฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[GEN-
ERAL].
3. Press the ฀button฀to฀select฀[INSTALLATION].
4. Press the ฀button฀three฀times฀to฀select฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The OFF/ON menu will be displayed.
5. Press the
฀button฀to฀select฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The฀[SECURITY฀KEYWORD]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
6. Type in a combination of the four ▲▼◀▶ buttons and press the ENTER button.
NOTE:฀A฀keyword฀must฀be฀4฀to฀10฀digits฀in฀length.
The฀[CONFIRM฀KEYWORD]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
background
31
3. Convenient Features
7. Type in the same combination of ▲▼◀▶ buttons and press the ENTER button.
The confirmation screen will be displayed.
8.Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The฀SECURITY฀function฀has฀been฀enabled.
To฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀when฀[SECURITY]฀is฀enabled:
1. Press the POWER button.
The฀projector฀will฀be฀turned฀on฀and฀display฀a฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀locked.
2. Press the MENU button.
3. Type in the correct keyword and press the ENTER button. The projector will display an image.
NOTE:฀The฀security฀disable฀mode฀is฀maintained฀until฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off฀or฀unplugging฀the฀power฀cord.
background
32
3. Convenient Features
To disable the SECURITY function:
1. Press the MENU button.
The menu will be displayed.
2.฀฀Select฀[SETUP]฀฀[INSTALLATION]฀฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The OFF/ON menu will be displayed.
3.Select฀[OFF]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The฀SECURITY฀KEYWORD฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
4. Type in your keyword and press the ENTER button.
When฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀SECURITY฀function฀will฀be฀disabled.
NOTE:฀If฀you฀forget฀your฀keyword,฀contact฀your฀dealer.฀Your฀dealer฀will฀provide฀you฀with฀your฀keyword฀in฀exchange฀for฀your฀request฀
code.฀Your฀request฀code฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀Keyword฀Conrmation฀screen.฀In฀this฀example฀[K992-45L8-JNGJ-4XU9-1YAT-EEA2]฀is฀
a฀request฀code.
background
33
3. Convenient Features
Viewing 3D Images
The฀projector฀provides฀3D฀images฀to฀a฀user฀wearing฀commercially฀available฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses.
CAUTION
Health precautions
Before฀viewing,฀be฀sure฀to฀read฀health฀care฀precautions฀that฀may฀be฀found฀in฀the฀user’s฀manual฀included฀with฀your฀LCD฀
shutter฀eyeglasses฀or฀your฀3D฀compatible฀content฀such฀as฀DVDs,฀video฀games,฀computer’s฀video฀les฀and฀the฀like.
To฀avoid฀any฀adverse฀symptoms,฀heed฀the฀following:
•฀Do฀not฀use฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀for฀viewing฀any฀material฀other฀than฀3D฀images.
•฀Allow฀a฀distance฀of฀2฀m/7฀feet฀or฀greater฀between฀the฀screen฀and฀a฀user.฀Viewing฀3D฀images฀from฀too฀close฀a฀
distance฀can฀strain฀your฀eyes.
•฀Avoid฀viewing฀3D฀images฀for฀a฀prolonged฀period฀of฀time.฀Take฀a฀break฀of฀15฀minutes฀or฀longer฀after฀every฀hour฀
of฀viewing.
•฀If฀you฀or฀any฀member฀of฀your฀family฀has฀a฀history฀of฀light-sensitive฀seizures,฀consult฀a฀doctor฀before฀viewing฀3D฀
images.
•฀While฀viewing฀3D฀images,฀if฀you฀get฀sick฀such฀as฀nausea,฀dizziness,฀queasiness,฀headache,฀eyestrain,฀blurry฀
vision,฀convulsions,฀and฀numbness,฀stop฀viewing฀them.฀If฀symptoms฀still฀persist,฀consult฀a฀doctor.
•฀View฀3D฀images฀from฀the฀front฀of฀the฀screen.฀Viewing฀from฀an฀angle฀may฀cause฀fatigue฀or฀eyestrain.
LCD shutter eyeglasses (recommended)
•฀Use฀commercially฀available฀DLP
®
฀Link฀or฀other฀method฀compatible฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses.
Steps for viewing 3D images on the projector
1.Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀your฀video฀equipment.฀
2.Turn฀on฀the฀projector,฀display฀the฀on-screen฀menu,฀and฀then฀select฀[ON]฀for฀the฀3D฀mode.
For฀the฀operating฀procedure฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀3D฀mode,฀refer฀to฀“On-screen฀menu฀for฀3D฀images”on฀the฀following฀
page.
3. Play your 3D compatible content and use the projector to display the image.
4.Put฀on฀your฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀to฀view฀3D฀images.
Also refer to the user’s manual accompanied with your LCD shutter eyeglasses for more information.
On-screen menu for 3D images
Follow฀the฀steps฀to฀display฀the฀3D฀menu.
1. Press the MENU button.
The on-screen menu will be displayed.
2. Press the
button twice.
The [SETUP] menu will be displayed.
3. Press the button once, and then press the button five times.
background
34
3. Convenient Features
The [3D] menu will be displayed
4. Press the button to select a signal and press the ENTER button.
The฀3D฀(DETAIL฀SETTINGS)฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
5. Press the ฀button฀to฀[GLASSES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The [GLASSES] setting screen will be displayed.
6. Press the
button to select a compatible eyeglass method and press the ENTER button.
Set฀other฀3D-related฀menu฀options฀such฀as฀[FORMAT]฀and฀[L/R฀INVERT]฀as฀necessary.
When switched to a 3D image, the 3D viewing cautions message screen appears (by factory default). For details,
see page 54.
7. Press either
or ฀button฀to฀select฀[3D]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The setting screen for 3D mode will be displayed on.
8. Press the
฀button฀to฀select฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The selected signal will be changed in 3D mode.
Selecting฀input฀connected฀to฀a฀source฀of฀3D฀images฀[HDMI1/HDMI2/COMPUTER/VIDEO/
HDBaseT]
This฀function฀switches฀the฀3D฀mode฀between฀ON฀and฀OFF฀for฀each฀input.
NOTE:
To฀conrm฀that฀the฀supported฀3D฀signal฀is฀accepted,฀use฀either฀way฀of฀the฀following:
•฀Make฀sure฀that฀[3D]฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀top฀right฀of฀the฀screen฀after฀the฀source฀is฀selected.
•฀Display฀[INFO.]฀฀[SOURCE(2)]฀฀[3D฀SIGNAL]฀and฀make฀sure฀that฀“SUPPORTED”฀is฀displayed.
background
35
3. Convenient Features
To฀view฀3D฀images,฀see฀page฀33.
Select฀[HDMI1],฀[HDMI2],฀[COMPUTER],฀[VIDEO],฀or฀[HDBaseT].
NOTE:
•฀The฀maximum฀distance฀for฀viewing฀3D฀images฀is฀10฀m/394฀inches฀from฀the฀screen฀surface฀under฀the฀following฀restrictions:
-฀Brightness฀on฀the฀projector:฀2000฀lumens฀or฀greater
-฀Screen฀gain:฀1
-฀Viewing฀position:฀Facing฀straight฀towards฀the฀screen฀center
-฀Outside฀light:฀None
-฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses:฀DLP®฀Link฀compatible฀3D฀eyeglasses
•฀If฀3D฀content฀is฀played฀back฀on฀your฀computer฀and฀the฀performance฀is฀poor฀it฀may฀be฀caused฀by฀the฀CPU฀or฀graphics฀chip.฀In฀this฀
case฀you฀may฀have฀difculty฀seeing฀the฀3D฀images฀as฀they฀were฀intended.฀Check฀to฀see฀if฀your฀computer฀meets฀the฀requirements฀
provided฀in฀your฀user’s฀manual฀included฀with฀your฀3D฀content.
•฀The฀DLP
®
฀Link฀compatible฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀allow฀you฀to฀view฀3D฀images฀by฀receiving฀synch฀signals,฀which฀are฀included฀
in฀left฀eye฀and฀right฀eye฀images,฀reected฀from฀the฀screen.฀Depending฀on฀environments฀or฀conditions฀such฀as฀the฀ambient฀bright-
ness,฀screen฀size฀or฀viewing฀distance,฀the฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀may฀fail฀to฀receive฀synch฀signals,฀causing฀poor฀3D฀images.
•฀When฀the฀3D฀mode฀is฀enabled,฀the฀Keystone฀correction฀range฀will฀be฀narrower.
•฀When฀the฀3D฀mode฀is฀enabled,฀the฀following฀settings฀are฀invalid.
[WALL฀COLOR],฀[PRESET],฀[REFERENCE],฀[COLOR฀TEMPERATURE]
•฀Refer฀to฀the฀[SOURCE(2)]฀screen฀under฀the฀[INFO.]฀menu฀for฀information฀on฀whether฀the฀input฀signal฀is฀3D฀compatible.
•฀Signals฀other฀than฀those฀listed฀in฀“Compatible฀Input฀Signal฀List”฀on฀page฀136฀will฀be฀out฀of฀range฀or฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀2D.
Using a 3D emitter
This฀projector฀can฀be฀used฀to฀watch฀videos฀in฀3D฀using฀commercially-available฀active฀shutter-type฀3D฀eyewear.In฀
order฀to฀synchronize฀the฀3D฀video฀and฀eyewear,฀a฀commercially-available฀3D฀emitter฀needs฀to฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀
projector฀(on฀the฀projector฀side).
The฀3D฀eyewear฀receives฀information฀from฀the฀3D฀emitter฀and฀performs฀opening฀and฀closing฀on฀the฀left฀and฀right.
3D eyewear and 3D emitter preparations
Please฀use฀an฀active฀shutter-type฀3D฀eyewear฀that฀conforms฀with฀the฀VESA฀standard.
A฀commercially-available฀RF฀type฀made฀by฀Xpand฀is฀recommended.
3D eyewear ............ Xpand X105-RF-X2
3D emitter .............. Xpand AD025-RF-X1
Connect฀your฀3D฀emitter฀to฀the฀3D฀SYNC฀terminal฀of฀the฀projector.
NOTE:
•฀Use฀an฀active฀shutter฀3D฀eyewear฀(compliance฀with฀VESA)
•฀Check฀the฀operating฀conditions฀described฀in฀the฀user฀manual฀of฀the฀Blu-ray฀player.
•฀Please฀connect฀the฀DIN฀terminal฀of฀the฀3D฀emitter฀to฀the฀3D฀SYNC฀of฀the฀projector.
•฀The฀3D฀eyewear฀allows฀videos฀to฀be฀viewed฀in฀3D฀by฀receiving฀synchronized฀optical฀signals฀output฀from฀the฀3D฀emitter.฀As฀a฀result,฀
the฀3D฀image฀quality฀may฀be฀affected฀by฀conditions฀such฀as฀the฀brightness฀of฀the฀surroundings,฀screen฀size,฀viewing฀distance,฀
etc.
•฀When฀playing฀a฀3D฀video฀software฀on฀a฀computer,฀the฀3D฀image฀quality฀may฀be฀affected฀if฀the฀computer฀CPU฀and฀graphics฀chip฀
performance฀are฀low.฀Please฀check฀the฀required฀operating฀environment฀of฀the฀computer฀that฀is฀stated฀in฀the฀operating฀manual฀
attached฀to฀the฀3D฀video฀software.
background
36
3. Convenient Features
Troubleshooting on viewing 3D images
If฀images฀will฀not฀be฀displayed฀in฀3D฀or฀3D฀images฀appear฀as฀2D,฀check฀the฀following฀table.Also฀refer฀to฀the฀user’s฀
manual฀accompanied฀with฀your฀3D฀content฀or฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses.
Possible causes Solutions
•฀The฀content฀you฀are฀playing฀back฀is฀not฀compatible฀with฀3D.•฀Play฀back฀a฀content฀compatible฀with฀3D.
•฀The฀3D฀mode฀was฀turned฀off฀for฀the฀selected฀source.•฀Use฀the฀projector’s฀menu฀to฀turn฀on฀3D฀mode฀for฀the฀selected฀
source.฀(฀page฀
64)
•฀You฀are฀not฀using฀our฀recommended฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses.•฀Use฀our฀recommended฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses.(page฀
33)
•฀If฀the฀shutter฀of฀your฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀cannot฀syn-
chronize฀with฀the฀currently฀projected฀source,฀the฀following฀are฀
possible฀causes:
-฀Your฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀are฀not฀switched฀on.•฀Switch฀on฀your฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses.
For฀using฀a฀3D฀emitter:
•฀Use฀an฀active฀shutter-type฀3D฀eyewear฀and฀3D฀emitter฀recom-
mended.
-฀The฀battery฀in฀the฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀ran฀down.•฀Recharge฀the฀battery฀or฀replace฀it.
-฀The฀correct฀eyeglass฀method฀is฀not฀selected.•฀Change฀the฀eyeglass฀method฀for฀3D฀by฀using฀the฀menu..฀(
page฀
64)
-฀The฀viewing฀distance฀between฀the฀viewer฀and฀the฀screen฀
is฀too฀far.
•฀Move฀closer฀to฀the฀screen฀until฀the฀viewer฀gets฀3D฀images.
•฀Or฀use฀the฀projector’s฀menu฀to฀select฀[NON-INVERT]฀for฀[L/R฀
INVERT].
-฀There฀are฀bright฀light฀sources฀or฀other฀projectors฀near฀the฀
viewer.
•฀Keep฀light฀sources฀or฀other฀projectors฀away฀from฀the฀viewer.
•฀Do฀not฀look฀toward฀a฀bright฀light฀source.
•฀Or฀use฀the฀projector’s฀menu฀to฀select฀[NON-INVERT]฀for฀[L/R฀
INVERT].
•฀If฀your฀computer฀is฀not฀set฀for฀3D฀viewing,฀the฀following฀are฀
possible฀causes:
-฀Your฀computer฀does฀not฀meet฀the฀requirements฀for฀3D฀view-
ing.
•฀Check฀to฀see฀if฀your฀computer฀meets฀the฀requirements฀pro-
vided฀in฀your฀user’s฀manual฀included฀with฀your฀3D฀content.
-฀Your฀computer฀is฀not฀set฀for฀3D฀output.•฀Set฀your฀computer฀for฀3D฀output.
For฀using฀a฀3D฀emitter:
-฀There฀is฀an฀obstacle฀between฀the฀optical฀receiver฀of฀the฀3D฀
eyewear฀and฀the฀3D฀emitter.
•฀Please฀remove฀the฀obstacle.
-฀The฀3D฀format฀of฀the฀3D฀video฀contents฀is฀not฀supported.•฀Please฀check฀with฀the฀company฀selling฀the฀3D฀video฀contents.
background
37
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Using the Menus
NOTE:฀The฀on-screen฀menu฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀while฀interlaced฀motion฀video฀image฀is฀projected.
1. Press the MENU button on the remote control or the projector cabinet to display the menu.
NOTE:฀The฀commands฀such฀asENTER,฀EXIT,฀▲▼,฀◀▶฀in฀the฀bottom฀show฀available฀buttons฀for฀your฀operation.
2. Press the ◀▶ buttons on the remote control or the projector cabinet to display the submenu.
3. Press the ENTER button on the remote control or the projector cabinet to highlight the top item or the first
tab.
4. Use the
▲▼ buttons on the remote control or the projector cabinet to select the item you want to adjust or
set.
You can use the
◀▶ buttons on the remote control or the projector cabinet to select the tab you want.
5. Press the ENTER button on the remote control or the projector cabinet to display the submenu window.
6. Adjust the level or turn the selected item on or off by using the
▲▼◀▶ buttons on the remote control or
the projector cabinet.
Changes฀are฀stored฀until฀adjusted฀again.
7. Repeat steps 2 -6 to adjust an additional item, or press the EXIT button on the remote control or the projec-
tor฀cabinet฀to฀quit฀the฀menu฀display.
NOTE:฀When฀a฀menu฀or฀message฀is฀displayed,฀several฀lines฀of฀information฀may฀be฀lost,฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀or฀settings.
8. Press the MENU button to close the menu.
To return to the previous menu, press the EXIT button.
background
38
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Elements
Slide bar
Solid triangle
Ta b
Radio button
ECO mode symbol
Wireless symbol
Menu windows or dialog boxes typically have the following elements:
Highlight ............................. Indicates the selected menu or item.
Solid triangle ......................Indicates further choices are available. A highlighted triangle indicates the item is active.
Tab ......................................Indicates a group of features in a dialog box. Selecting on any tab brings its page to the front.
Radio button ....................... Use this round button to select an option in a dialog box.
Source ................................Indicates the currently selected source.
Off Timer remaining time .... Indicates the remaining countdown time when the [OFF TIMER] is preset.
Slide bar .............................Indicates settings or the direction of adjustment.
ECO mode symbol ..............Indicates ECO MODE is set.
Key Lock symbol ................Indicates the [CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is enabled.
Thermometer symbol .........Indicates the projector is in the state of the [FORCED ECO MODE].
High Altitude symbol ..........Indicates the [FAN MODE] is set to [HIGH ALTITUDE] mode.
Wireless symbol .................Indicate the wireless LAN connection is enabled.
Menu mode ........................Indicate the [ADVANCED] menu or [BASIC] menu.
Source
Available buttons
Thermometer symbol Key฀Lock฀symbol
Off Timer remaining time
Menu mode
Highlight
High Altitude symbol
background
39
4. Using On-Screen Menu
List of Menu Items
Some฀menu฀items฀are฀not฀available฀depending฀on฀the฀input฀source.The฀below฀listed฀menu฀items฀are฀on฀the฀advanced฀
menu.The฀mark฀(B)฀is฀added฀to฀the฀items฀on฀the฀basic฀menu.
Refer฀to฀
88฀pages฀about฀the฀APPS฀MENU.
Menu Item Default Options
SOURCE HDMI1 (B) *
HDMI2 (B) *
COMPUTER (B) *
VIDEO (B) *
HDBaseT (B) *
APPS (B) *
ADJUST PICTURE PRESET * 1–8
DETAIL SETTINGS REFERENCE * HIGH-BRIGHT, PRESENTATION, VIDEO, MOVIE, GRAPHIC, sRGB,
NATURAL, DICOM SIM.
GAMMA CORRECTION*
1
DYNAMIC, NATURAL, BLACK DETAIL
SCREEN SIZE*
2
* LARGE, MEDIUM, SMALL
COLOR TEMPERATURE * 5000, 6500, 7800, 9300
COLOR ENHANCEMENT * OFF, LOW, MEDIUM, HIGH
DYNAMIC CONTRAST * OFF, ON
CONTRAST (B) 32
BRIGHTNESS (B) 32
SHARPNESS (B) *
COLOR (B) 32
HUE (B) 16
RESET (B)
IMAGE OPTIONS CLOCK *
PHASE *
HORIZONTAL *
VERTICAL *
OVERSCAN AUTO AUTO, OFF, ON
ASPECT RATIO * AUTO, 4:3, 16:9, 15:9, 16:10, LETTERBOX, NATIVE
NOISE REDUCTION OFF OFF, LOW, MEDIUM, HIGH
SETUP GENERAL KEYSTONE (B) HORIZONTAL 0 -25–25
VERTICAL 0 -30–30
RESET
WALL COLOR (B) OFF OFF, WHITEBOARD, BLACKBOARD, BLACKBOARD (GRAY), LIGHT
YELLOW, LIGHT BLUE, LIGHT ROSE
ECO SETTINGS ECO MODE OFF OFF, AUTO ECO, NORMAL, ECO
AUTO ECO OPTIONS
AUTO DIM OFF OFF, 0:01, 0:03, 0:10, 0:20
NORMAL OPTION
CONSTANT
BRIGHTNESS
OFF OFF, ON
ECO OPTION
CONSTANT
BRIGHTNESS
OFF OFF, ON
CLOSED CAPTION OFF OFF, CAPTION1, CAPTION2, CAPTION3, CAPTION4, TEXT1, TEXT2,
TEXT3, TEXT4
OFF TIMER (B) OFF OFF, 0:30, 1:00, 2:00, 4:00, 8:00, 12:00, 16:00
TOOLS (B) to APPS MENU
LANGUAGE (B) ENGLISH ENGLISH, DEUTSCH, FRANÇAIS, ITALIANO, ESPAÑOL, SVENSKA,
本語
DANSK, PORTUGUÊS, ČEŠTINA, MAGYAR, POLSKI, NEDERLANDS,
SUOMI
NORSK, TÜRKÇE, РУССКИЙ,
, Ελληνικά, 简体中文, 한국어,
TIẾNG ViỆT
ROMÂNĂ, HRVATSKI, БЪЛГАРСКИ, INDONESIA, ,
ไทย,
, 繁體中文
*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.
*1฀The฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀an฀item฀other฀than฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].
*2฀The฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].
background
40
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Item Default Options
SETUP MENU COLOR SELECT COLOR COLOR, MONOCHROME
SOURCE DISPLAY ON OFF, ON
ID DISPLAY ON OFF, ON
ECO MESSAGE OFF OFF, ON
DISPLAY TIME AUTO 45 SEC MANUAL, AUTO 5 SEC, AUTO 15 SEC, AUTO 45 SEC
BACKGROUND BLUE BLUE, BLACK, LOGO
3D CAUTION MESSAGE ON OFF, ON
FILTER MESSAGE OFF OFF, 100H, 500H, 1000H, 2000H
INSTALLATION ORIENTATION DESKTOP
FRONT
DESKTOP FRONT, CEILING REAR, DESKTOP REAR, CEILING FRONT
CONTROL PANEL LOCK OFF OFF, ON
SECURITY OFF OFF, ON
COMMUNICATION SPEED 38400bps 4800bps, 9600bps, 19200bps, 38400bps
SERIAL PORT PC CONTROL PC CONTROL, HDBaseT
REMOTE SENSOR ALL ALL, FRONT/BACK, FRONT, BACK, HDBaseT
CONTROL ID CONTROL ID NUMBER 1 1–254
CONTROL ID OFF OFF, ON
TEST PATTERN
NETWORK SETTINGS to APPS MENU
OPTIONS(1) FAN MODE AUTO AUTO, HIGH, HIGH ALTITUDE
WXGA MODE OFF OFF, ON
HDMI
SETTINGS
HDMI1 VIDEO LEVEL AUTO AUTO, NORMAL, ENHANCED
HDMI2 VIDEO LEVEL AUTO AUTO, NORMAL, ENHANCED
HDBaseT VIDEO LEVEL AUTO AUTO, NORMAL, ENHANCED
AUDIO
SELECT
HDMI1 HDMI1 HDMI1, COMPUTER
HDMI2 HDMI2 HDMI2, COMPUTER
HDBaseT HDBaseT HDBaseT, COMPUTER
BEEP ON OFF, ON
OPTIONS(2) STANDBY MODE NORMAL NORMAL, NETWORK STANDBY
DIRECT POWER ON OFF OFF, ON
AUTO POWER ON OFF OFF, ON
AUTO POWER OFF 1:00 OFF, 0:05, 0:10, 0:15, 0:20, 0:30, 1:00
DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT LAST LAST, AUTO, HDMI1, HDMI2, COMPUTER, VIDEO, HDBaseT, APPS
CARBON CONVERT
CURRENCY $ $, , JP¥, RMB¥
CURRENCY CONVERT
3D HDMI1 3D OFF OFF, ON
GLASSES DLP® Link DLP® Link, OTHERS
FORMAT AUTO AUTO, FRAME PACKING, SIDE BY SIDE, TOP AND BOTTOM, FRAME
SEQUENTIAL
L/R INVERT NON-INVERT NON-INVERT, INVERT
HDMI2 3D
OFF OFF, ON
GLASSES DLP® Link DLP® Link, OTHERS
FORMAT AUTO AUTO, FRAME PACKING, SIDE BY SIDE, TOP AND BOTTOM, FRAME
SEQUENTIAL
L/R INVERT NON-INVERT NON-INVERT, INVERT
COMPUTER 3D OFF OFF, ON
GLASSES DLP® Link DLP® Link, OTHERS
FORMAT SIDE BY SIDE SIDE BY SIDE, TOP AND BOTTOM, FRAME SEQUENTIAL
L/R INVERT NON-INVERT NON-INVERT, INVERT
VIDEO 3D OFF OFF, ON
L/R INVERT NON-INVERT NON-INVERT, INVERT
HDBaseT 3D OFF OFF, ON
GLASSES DLP® Link DLP® Link, OTHERS
FORMAT AUTO AUTO, FRAME PACKING, SIDE BY SIDE, TOP AND BOTTOM, FRAME
SEQUENTIAL
L/R INVERT NON-INVERT NON-INVERT, INVERT
*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.
background
41
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Item Default Options
INFO. USAGE TIME (B) LAMP LIFE REMAINING (B)
LAMP HOURS USED (B)
FILTER HOURS USED (B)
TOTAL CARBON SAVINGS (B)
TOTAL COST SAVINGS (B)
SOURCE(1) (B) RESOLUTION
HORIZONTAL FREQUENCY
VERTICAL FREQUENCY
SYNC TYPE SEPARATE SYNC, COMPOSITE SYNC, SYNC ON GREEN, SYNC ON
VIDEO
SYNC POLARITY
SCAN TYPE INTERLACE, NON-INTERLACE
SOURCE(2) (B) SIGNAL TYPE RGB, VIDEO, YCbCr
VIDEO TYPE
NTSC, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43, PAL, PAL-M, PAL-N, PAL60, SECAM
BIT DEPTH 8[bits], 10[bits], 12[bits]
VIDEO LEVEL FULL, ENHANCED, DEFAULT
3D SIGNAL SUPPORTED, NOT SUPPORTED
HDBaseT SIGNAL QUALITY NORMAL, WARNING, ABNORMAL
OPERATION MODE HDBaseT, ETHERNET, LOW POWER, DISCONNECT
LINK STATUS NO LINK, HDBaseT, LOW POWER, ETHERNET
HDMI STATUS NO HDMI, HDMI ON, HDCP ON
WIRED LAN IP ADDRESS
SUBNET MASK
GATEWAY
MAC ADDRESS
WIRELESS LAN IP ADDRESS
SUBNET MASK
GATEWAY
MAC ADDRESS
SSID
NETWORK TYPE
SECURITY
CHANNEL
SIGNAL LEVEL
VERSION(1) (B) FIRMWARE
DATA
VERSION(2) (B) FIRMWARE2
OTHERS (B) PROJECTOR NAME (B)
HOST NAME (B)
MODEL NO. (B)
SERIAL NUMBER (B)
LAN UNIT TYPE
CONTROL ID (when [CONTROL ID] is set) (B)
RESET CURRENT SIGNAL
ALL DATA
CLEAR LAMP HOURS
CLEAR FILTER HOURS
*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.
background
42
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Descriptions & Functions [SOURCE]
HDMI1 and HDMI2
Selects฀the฀HDMI฀compatible฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀HDMI฀1฀IN฀or฀HDMI฀2฀IN฀terminal.
COMPUTER
Selects฀the฀computer฀connected฀to฀your฀COMPUTER฀input฀terminal฀signal.
NOTE:฀When฀the฀component฀input฀signal฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀IN฀terminal,฀select฀[COMPUTER].
VIDEO
Selects฀what฀is฀connected฀to฀your฀VIDEO฀input-VCR,฀DVD฀player฀or฀document฀camera.
HDBaseT
Projects฀the฀signal฀transmitted฀from฀the฀terminals฀supported฀HDBaseT.฀(฀page฀
86)
APPS
Display฀the฀APPS฀MENU฀or฀the฀function฀in฀the฀APPS฀MENU฀that฀was฀used฀last฀time.
background
43
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Descriptions & Functions [ADJUST]
[PICTURE]
[PRESET]
This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀optimized฀settings฀for฀your฀projected฀image.
You฀can฀adjust฀neutral฀tint฀for฀yellow,฀cyan฀or฀magenta.
There฀are฀eight฀factory฀presets฀optimized฀for฀various฀types฀of฀images.You฀can฀also฀use฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀to฀set฀
user฀adjustable฀settings฀to฀customize฀each฀gamma฀or฀color.
Your฀settings฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀8].
HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.
PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint file.
VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.
MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.
GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.
sRGB ..................... Standard color values
NATURAL ............... Well-balanced setting of brightness and color
DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.
NOTE:฀
•฀The฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀option฀is฀for฀training/reference฀only฀and฀should฀not฀be฀used฀for฀actual฀diagnosis.
•฀DICOM฀stands฀for฀Digital฀Imaging฀and฀Communications฀in฀Medicine.฀It฀is฀a฀standard฀developed฀by฀the฀American฀College฀of฀Radiol-
ogy฀(ACR)฀and฀the฀National฀Electrical฀Manufacturers฀Association฀(NEMA).฀
The฀standard฀species฀how฀digital฀image฀data฀can฀be฀moved฀from฀system฀to฀system.฀
background
44
4. Using On-Screen Menu
[DETAIL SETTINGS]
Storing฀Your฀Customized฀Settings฀[REFERENCE]
This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀store฀your฀customized฀settings฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀8].
First,฀select฀a฀base฀preset฀mode฀from฀[REFERENCE],฀then฀set฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]฀and฀[COLOR฀TEMPERATURE].฀
HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.
PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint file.
VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.
MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.
GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.
sRGB ..................... Standard color values.
NATURAL ............... Well-balanced setting of brightness and color
DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.
Selecting Gamma Correction Mode [GAMMA CORRECTION]
Each฀mode฀is฀recommended฀for:
DYNAMIC .............. Creates a high-contrast picture.
NATURAL ............... Natural reproduction of the picture.
BLACK DETAIL ....... Emphasizes detail in dark areas of the picture.
NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀not฀available฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS].
Selecting฀Screen฀Size฀for฀DICOM฀SIM฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]
This฀function฀will฀perform฀gamma฀correction฀appropriate฀for฀the฀screen฀size.
LARGE ................... For screen size of 110"
MEDIUM ................ For screen size of 90"
SMALL ................... For screen size of 70"
NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS].
Adjusting฀Color฀Temperature฀[COLOR฀TEMPERATURE]
This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀color฀temperature฀of฀your฀choice.
NOTE:฀When฀[PRESENTATION]฀or฀[HIGH-BRIGHT]฀is฀selected฀in฀[REFERENCE],฀this฀function฀is฀not฀available.
Enhancing the Color [COLOR ENHANCEMENT]
This฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀color฀density฀of฀the฀image.
The฀color฀of฀the฀image฀will฀become฀deeper฀in฀the฀order฀of฀"LOW",฀"MEDIUM",฀AND฀"HIGH"฀as฀the฀displayed฀image฀
will฀become฀darker.
With฀"OFF"฀selected,฀the฀COLOR฀ENHANCEMENT฀function฀will฀not฀work.
NOTE:฀This฀function฀is฀available฀only฀when฀[PRESENTATION]฀is฀selected฀[REFERENCE].
Adjusting฀Brightness฀and฀Contrast฀[DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST]
This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀contrast฀ratio฀optically.
To฀increase฀the฀contrast฀ratio,฀select฀[ON].
NOTE:
•฀The฀[DYNMIC฀CONTRAST]฀item฀cannot฀be฀selected฀in฀the฀following฀cases:
-฀When฀[CONSTANT฀BRIGHTNESS]฀is฀functioned฀under฀the฀state฀[ECO฀MODE]฀has฀been฀set฀to฀[NORMAL]฀or฀[ECO]฀for฀[ECO฀
SETTINGS].
-฀When฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀for฀[3D]฀while฀images฀are฀projected.
•฀The฀ECO฀MODE฀and฀DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST฀features฀control฀the฀lamp฀power.฀Some฀pictures฀may฀become฀extremely฀bright฀when฀
using฀both฀ECO฀MODE฀and฀DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST฀features฀to฀control฀the฀lamp฀power.฀To฀avoid฀this฀phenomena,฀turn฀off฀the฀ECO฀
MODE฀and฀DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST.
background
45
4. Using On-Screen Menu
[CONTRAST]
Adjusts฀the฀intensity฀of฀the฀image฀according฀to฀the฀incoming฀signal.
[BRIGHTNESS]
Adjusts฀the฀brightness฀level฀or฀the฀back฀raster฀intensity.
[SHARPNESS]
Controls฀the฀detail฀of฀the฀image.
[COLOR]
Increases฀or฀decreases฀the฀color฀saturation฀level.
[HUE]
Varies฀the฀color฀level฀from฀+/−฀green฀to฀+/−฀blue.The฀red฀level฀is฀used฀as฀reference.
Input฀signalCONTRASTBRIGHTNESSSHARPNESSCOLORHUE
COMPUTER/HDMI/HDBaseT฀(RGB)YesYesYesNo No
COMPUTER/HDMI/HDBaseT฀
(COMPONENT)
YesYesYesYesYes
VIDEOYesYesYesYesYes
APPS,฀LANYesYesYesNo No
Yes฀=฀Adjustable,฀No฀=฀Not฀adjustable
[RESET]
The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀for฀[PICTURE]฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀factory฀settings฀with฀the฀exception฀of฀the฀following;
Preset฀numbers฀and฀[REFERENCE]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen.
The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀under฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen฀that฀are฀not฀currently฀selected฀
will฀not฀be฀reset.
background
46
4. Using On-Screen Menu
[IMAGE OPTIONS]
Adjusting฀Clock฀and฀Phase฀[CLOCK/PHASE]
This฀allows฀you฀to฀manually฀adjust฀CLOCK฀and฀PHASE.
CLOCK ................... Use this item to fine tune the computer image or to remove any vertical banding that might appear. This
function adjusts the clock frequencies that eliminate the horizontal banding in the image.
This adjustment may be necessary when you connect your computer for the first time.
PHASE ................... Use this item to adjust the clock phase or to reduce video noise, dot interference or cross talk. (This is
evident when part of your image appears to be shimmering.)
Use [PHASE] only after the [CLOCK] is complete.
background
47
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Adjusting฀Horizontal/Vertical฀Position฀[HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL]
Adjusts฀the฀image฀location฀horizontally฀and฀vertically.
-฀An฀image฀can฀be฀distorted฀during฀the฀adjustment฀of฀[CLOCK]฀and฀[PHASE].This฀is฀not฀malfunction.
-฀The฀adjustments฀for฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀and฀[VERTICAL]฀will฀be฀stored฀in฀memory฀for฀the฀
current฀signal.฀The฀next฀time฀you฀project฀the฀signal฀with฀the฀same฀resolution,฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀frequency,฀
its฀adjustments฀will฀be฀called฀up฀and฀applied.
To฀delete฀adjustments฀stored฀in฀memory,฀from฀the฀menu,฀you฀select฀[RESET]฀฀[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]฀or฀[ALL฀
DATA]฀and฀reset฀the฀adjustments.
Selecting฀Overscan฀Percentage฀[OVERSCAN]
This฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀the฀appropriate฀overscan฀for฀an฀incoming฀signal.
AUTO ..................... Display an appropriately overscanned image (factory setting).
OFF ........................ Does not overscan the image.
ON ......................... Overscans the image.
Projected image
Overscaned by 10%
NOTE:฀
•฀The฀[OVERSCAN]฀item฀cannot฀be฀selected฀when฀VIDEO฀signals฀are฀used฀or฀when฀[NATIVE]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].
background
48
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Selecting Aspect Ratio [ASPECT RATIO]
The฀term฀“aspect฀ratio”฀refers฀to฀the฀ratio฀of฀width฀to฀height฀of฀a฀projected฀image.
The฀projector฀automatically฀determines฀the฀incoming฀signal฀and฀displays฀it฀in฀its฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio.
•฀This฀table฀shows฀typical฀resolutions฀and฀aspect฀ratios฀that฀most฀computers฀support.
ResolutionAspect฀Ratio
VGA640฀×฀4804:3
SVGA800฀×฀6004:3
XGA1024฀×฀7684:3
WXGA1280฀×฀76815:9
WXGA1280฀×฀80016:10
WXGA+
1440฀×฀90016:10
SXGA1280฀×฀10245:4
SXGA+1400฀×฀10504:3
UXGA1600฀×฀12004:3
Full฀HD1920฀×฀108016:9
WUXGA1920฀×฀120016:10
OptionsFunction
AUTO
The฀projector฀will฀automatically฀determine฀the฀incoming฀signal฀and฀display฀it฀in฀its฀aspect฀
ratio.฀(
next฀page)
The฀projector฀may฀erroneously฀determine฀the฀aspect฀ratio฀depending฀on฀its฀signal.If฀this฀
occurs,฀select฀the฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio฀from฀the฀following.
4:3The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio.
16:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:9฀aspect฀ratio.
15:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀15:9฀aspect฀ratio.
16:10The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:10฀aspect฀ratio.
LETTERBOXThe฀image฀of฀a฀letterbox฀signal฀is฀stretched฀equally฀in฀the฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀direc-
tions฀to฀t฀the฀screen.Parts฀of฀the฀displayed฀image฀are฀cropped฀at฀the฀top฀and฀bottom฀
edges฀and฀therefore฀not฀visible.
NATIVEThe฀projector฀displays฀the฀current฀image฀in฀its฀true฀resolution฀when฀the฀incoming฀computer฀
signal฀has฀a฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution.
[Example]฀When฀the฀incoming฀signal฀with฀the฀resolution฀of฀
800฀×฀600฀is฀displayed:
NOTE:
•฀When฀a฀non-computer฀signal฀is฀displayed,฀the฀[NATIVE]฀is฀not฀available.
•฀When฀a฀signal฀with฀a฀higher฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀is฀displayed,฀[NA-
TIVE]฀is฀not฀available.
background
49
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Sample image when the appropriate aspect ratio is automatically determined
[Computer฀signal]
Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:35:416:915:916:10
Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appro-
priate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automati-
cally฀determined
P502H/P452H
P502W/P452W
[Video฀signal]
Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:3LetterboxSqueeze
Sample฀image฀when฀the฀aspect฀
ratio฀is฀automatically฀determined
NOTE:฀To฀display฀a฀letterbox฀signal฀prop-
erly,฀select฀[LETTERBOX].
NOTE:฀To฀display฀a฀squeezed฀signal฀prop-
erly,฀select฀[16:9].
TIP:
•฀The฀term฀“letterbox”฀refers฀to฀a฀more฀landscape-oriented฀image฀when฀compared฀to฀a฀4:3฀image,฀which฀is฀the฀standard฀aspect฀
ratio฀for฀a฀video฀source.
The฀letterbox฀signal฀has฀aspect฀ratios฀with฀the฀vista฀size฀“1.85:1”฀or฀cinema฀scope฀size฀“2.35:1”฀for฀movie฀lm.
•฀The฀term฀“squeeze”฀refers฀to฀the฀compressed฀image฀of฀which฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀converted฀from฀16:9฀to฀4:3.
Turning on Noise Reduction [NOISE REDUCTION]
This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀level฀of฀noise฀reduction.
The฀projector฀is฀set฀to฀the฀optimized฀level฀for฀each฀signal฀at฀the฀factory.
Select฀your฀preference฀item฀for฀your฀signal฀when฀video฀noise฀is฀noticeable.
The฀options฀are฀[OFF],฀[LOW],฀[MEDIUM],฀and฀[HIGH].
NOTE:฀This฀feature฀is฀not฀available฀for฀the฀RGB฀signal.฀Noise฀reduction฀set฀to฀off฀gives฀best฀image฀quality฀by฀way฀of฀higher฀bandwidth.฀
Noise฀reduction฀set฀to฀on฀softens฀the฀image.
background
50
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Descriptions & Functions [SETUP]
[GENERAL]
Correcting Keystone Distortion Manually [KEYSTONE]
You฀can฀correct฀horizontal฀or฀vertical฀keystone฀manually.[HORIZONTAL]฀and฀[VERTICAL]฀(simultaneously฀adjustable)฀
correction฀can฀be฀selected.
NOTE:
•฀Some฀items฀are฀not฀available฀when฀one฀item฀is฀activated.฀Unavailable฀items฀are฀shown฀in฀grey.
•฀To฀change฀from฀one฀item฀to฀another฀item,฀reset฀the฀rst฀item.
•฀Adjustment฀values฀will฀be฀overwritten.฀They฀will฀not฀be฀deleted฀even฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.
•฀Using฀[KEYSTONE]฀correction฀can฀cause฀the฀image฀to฀be฀slightly฀blurred฀because฀the฀correction฀is฀made฀electronically.
HORIZONTAL ......... Corrects horizontal keystone distortion. ( page 21)
VERTICAL .............. Corrects vertical keystone distortion. ( page
21)
RESET .................... Returns all the above items to the factory preset values.
TIP:
•฀The฀maximum฀adjustment฀range฀with฀[KEYSTONE]฀correction฀is฀±25°฀in฀the฀horizontal฀direction,฀±30°฀in฀the฀vertical฀direction.
-฀Depending฀on฀input฀signal,฀the฀adjustable฀range฀may฀be฀narrower.
background
51
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Using the Wall Color Correction [WALL COLOR]
This฀function฀allows฀for฀quick฀adaptive฀color฀correction฀in฀applications฀where฀the฀screen฀material฀is฀not฀white.
Setting various items related to lamp brightness [ECO SETTINGS]
This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀decrease฀the฀power฀consumption฀or฀to฀prolong฀the฀lamp฀life฀by฀controlling฀the฀lamp฀brightness.
ECO MODE
The฀ECO฀MODE฀increases฀lamp฀life,฀while฀lowering฀power฀consumption฀and฀cutting฀down฀on฀CO2฀emissions.Four฀
brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp฀can฀be฀selected:฀[OFF],฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[ECO]฀modes.฀(฀page฀
28)
NOTE:฀The฀[OFF]฀item฀is฀automatically฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]฀when฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀[3D]฀while฀images฀are฀projected.
AUTO ECO OPTIONS
Set฀options฀when฀[AUTO฀ECO]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].
AUTO฀DIMOFFThe฀AUTO฀DIM฀feature฀will฀not฀work.
0:01,฀0:03,฀0:10,฀0:20฀
(min.)
This฀option฀will฀automatically฀dim฀the฀lamp฀light฀when฀
no฀input฀signal฀is฀present฀for฀a฀certain฀period฀time:฀0:01,฀
0:03,฀0:10,฀and฀0:20฀(minutes).฀When฀it฀reaches฀the฀pre-
set฀time,฀the฀lamp฀brightness฀will฀decrease฀to฀about฀30%฀
immediately฀after฀the฀screen฀becomes฀dim฀for฀a฀moment.
Changing฀images฀will฀return฀to฀its฀original฀brightness.
NORMAL OPTION
Set฀the฀option฀when฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].
CONSTANT฀BRIGHTNESS:฀
OFF ........................ The CONSTANT BRIGHTNESS feature will not work. The lamp brightness will gradually decrease over long
periods of time.
ON ......................... The lamp brightness will increase according to the lamp use of time and will be kept at the lamp brightness
equivalent to the brightness at NORMAL. After the lamp brightness reaches the maximum, the lamp bright-
ness will gradually decrease over long periods of time.
ECO OPTION
Set฀the฀option฀when฀[ECO]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].
CONSTANT฀BRIGHTNESS:
OFF ........................ The CONSTANT BRIGHTNESS feature will not work. The lamp brightness will gradually decrease over long
periods of time.
ON ......................... The lamp brightness will increase according to the lamp use of time and will be kept at the lamp brightness
equivalent to the brightness at ECO. After the lamp brightness reaches the maximum, the lamp brightness
will gradually decrease over long periods of time. The lamp brightness will be kept longer than at NORMAL.
background
52
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Setting Closed Caption [CLOSED CAPTION]
This฀option฀sets฀several฀closed฀caption฀modes฀that฀allow฀text฀to฀be฀superimposed฀on฀the฀projected฀image฀of฀Video฀
or฀S-Video.
OFF ........................ This exits the closed caption mode.
CAPTION 1-4 ......... Text is superimposed.
TEXT 1-4 ................ Text is displayed.
NOTE:
•฀The฀closed฀caption฀is฀not฀available฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:
-฀when฀messages฀or฀menus฀are฀displayed.
-฀when฀an฀image฀is฀magnied,฀frozen,฀or฀muted.
•฀Portions฀of฀superimposed฀text฀or฀closed฀caption฀may฀be฀truncated.฀If฀that฀happens,฀try฀to฀place฀the฀superimposed฀text฀or฀closed฀
caption฀within฀the฀screen.
•฀The฀projector฀does฀not฀support฀optional฀extended฀characters฀for฀closed฀captioning.
Using Off Timer [OFF TIMER]
1. Select your desired time between 30 minutes and 16 hours: OFF, 0:30, 1:00, 2:00, 4:00, 8:00, 12:00, 16:00.
2. Press the ENTER button on the remote control.
3. The remaining time starts counting down.
4. The projector will turn off after the countdown is complete.
NOTE:
•฀To฀cancel฀the฀preset฀time,฀set฀[OFF]฀for฀the฀preset฀time฀or฀turn฀off฀the฀power.
•฀When฀the฀remaining฀time฀reaches฀3฀minutes฀before฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀[THE฀PROJECTOR฀WILL฀TURN฀OFF฀WITHIN฀3฀
MINUTES]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀screen.
Display the tools menu [TOOLS]
This฀function฀display฀the฀tools฀menu.฀(฀page฀91)
Selecting Menu Language [LANGUAGE]
You฀can฀choose฀one฀of฀30฀languages฀for฀on-screen฀instructions.
NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.
background
53
4. Using On-Screen Menu
[MENU]
Selecting Menu Color [COLOR SELECT]
You฀can฀choose฀between฀two฀options฀for฀menu฀color:฀COLOR฀and฀MONOCHROME.
Turning On / Off Source Display [SOURCE DISPLAY]
This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀input฀name฀display฀such฀as฀HDMI1,฀HDMI2,฀COMPUTER,฀VIDEO,฀HDBaseT,฀APPS,฀to฀be฀
displayed฀on฀the฀top฀right฀of฀the฀screen.
When฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀prompting฀you฀to฀check฀for฀an฀available฀input฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀
the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.When฀the฀[APPS]฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀will฀not฀be฀displayed.
Turning ON/OFF Control ID [ID DISPLAY]
ID DISPLAY ........... This option turns on or off the ID number which is displayed when the ID SET button on the remote control
is pressed.
Turning On / Off Eco Message [ECO MESSAGE]
This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀following฀messages฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.
The฀Eco฀Message฀prompts฀the฀user฀to฀save฀energy.When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE],฀you฀will฀get฀a฀message฀
to฀prompt฀you฀to฀select฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL],฀or฀[ECO]฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].
When฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL],฀or฀[ECO]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]
To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons.฀The฀message฀will฀disappear฀if฀no฀button฀operation฀is฀done฀for฀
30฀seconds.
When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]
Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.฀(฀page฀28)
To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.
Selecting Menu Display Time [DISPLAY TIME]
This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀how฀long฀the฀projector฀waits฀after฀the฀last฀touch฀of฀a฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀menu.The฀
preset฀choices฀are฀[MANUAL],฀[AUTO฀5฀SEC],฀[AUTO฀15฀SEC],฀and฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC].The฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC]฀is฀the฀fac-
tory฀preset.
background
54
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Selecting฀a฀Color฀or฀Logo฀for฀Background฀[BACKGROUND]
Use฀this฀feature฀to฀display฀a฀blue/black฀screen฀or฀logo฀when฀no฀signal฀is฀available.The฀default฀background฀is฀[BLUE].
NOTE:฀
•฀When฀[SOURCE฀DISPLAY]฀is฀turned฀on,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀prompting฀you฀to฀check฀for฀an฀available฀input฀will฀be฀displayed฀
at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen฀regardless฀of฀its฀selection.
•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.
[3D CAUTION MESSAGE]
This฀selects฀whether฀to฀display฀a฀caution฀message฀or฀not฀when฀switching฀to฀a฀3D฀video.
The฀default฀condition฀when฀shipped฀from฀the฀factory฀is฀ON.
OFF ........................ The 3D caution message screen will not be displayed.
ON ......................... The 3D caution message screen will be displayed when switching to a 3D video.Press the ENTER button to
cancel the message.
•฀The฀message฀will฀disappear฀automatically฀after฀60฀seconds฀or฀when฀other฀buttons฀are฀pressed.If฀it฀disappears฀
automatically,฀the฀3D฀caution฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀again฀when฀switching฀to฀a฀3D฀video.
Selecting Interval Time for Filter Message [FILTER MESSAGE]
This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀time฀preference฀for฀displaying฀the฀lter฀cleaning฀message.Clean฀the฀lter฀when฀
you฀get฀the฀message฀“PLEASE฀CLEAN฀THE฀FILTER.฀(฀page฀113)
Five฀options฀are฀available:
OFF,฀100[H],฀500[H],฀1000[H],฀2000[H]
NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.
background
55
4. Using On-Screen Menu
[INSTALLATION]
Selecting฀Projector฀Orientation฀[ORIENTATION]
This฀reorients฀your฀image฀for฀your฀type฀of฀projection.The฀options฀are:฀desktop฀front฀projection,฀ceiling฀rear฀projection,฀
desktop฀rear฀projection,฀and฀ceiling฀front฀projection.
DESKTOP฀FRONTCEILING฀REAR
DESKTOP฀REARCEILING฀FRONT
Disabling the Cabinet Buttons [CONTROL PANEL LOCK]
This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀function.
NOTE:
•฀This฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀does฀not฀affect฀the฀remote฀control฀functions.
•฀How฀to฀release฀the฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK
1.฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀projecting฀image฀or฀in฀the฀sleep฀mode,฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀for฀
about฀10฀seconds.฀The฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀will฀be฀released.
2.฀When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀standby฀mode,฀press฀and฀hold฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀It฀enables฀to฀power฀on฀
the฀projector.฀After฀checking฀the฀projector฀is฀projecting฀image,฀perform฀the฀previous฀step฀1.฀
TIP:฀When฀the฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]฀is฀turned฀on,฀a฀key฀lock฀icon฀[฀฀]฀will฀be฀displayed฀at฀the฀bottom฀right฀of฀the฀menu.
background
56
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Enabling Security [SECURITY]
This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀SECURITY฀function.
Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.฀(฀page฀
30)
NOTE:฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.
Selecting Communication Speed [COMMUNICATION SPEED]
This฀feature฀sets฀the฀baud฀rate฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀port฀(D-Sub฀9P).฀It฀supports฀data฀rates฀from฀4800฀to฀38400฀bps.The฀
default฀is฀38400฀bps.฀Select฀the฀appropriate฀baud฀rate฀for฀your฀equipment฀to฀be฀connected฀(depending฀on฀the฀equip-
ment,฀a฀lower฀baud฀rate฀may฀be฀recommended฀for฀long฀cable฀runs).
NOTE:฀Your฀selected฀communication฀speed฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.
Selecting the serial port [SERIAL PORT]
This฀sets฀which฀terminal฀on฀the฀projector฀will฀receive฀the฀serial฀control฀signals฀for฀remotely฀controlling฀the฀projector฀
from฀a฀commercially฀available฀HDBaseT฀transmission฀devices฀(control฀signals฀for฀turning฀the฀power฀on฀and฀off,฀etc.).
There฀is฀no฀need฀to฀make฀this฀setting฀if฀not฀operating฀the฀projector฀by฀remote฀control฀(only฀sending฀video฀and฀audio).
PC CONTROL ......... Control signals (RS232C serial communications) are received at the PC CONTROL terminal.
HDBaseT ................ The video/audio and control signals (RS232C serial communications) are received at the Ethernet/HDBaseT
port.
NOTE:฀
•฀When฀[HDBaseT]฀is฀set,฀it฀will฀not฀work฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀standby฀mode,฀regardless฀of฀whether฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀(
page฀
61)฀is฀set฀to฀[NORMAL]฀or฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀(the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on).
The฀methods฀below฀can฀be฀used฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀projector’s฀power฀when฀it฀is฀in฀the฀standby฀mode.
•฀The฀projector฀can฀be฀operated฀by฀connecting฀the฀computer฀and฀projector฀by฀RS232C฀serial฀communications฀(on฀the฀projector,฀
using฀the฀PC฀CONTROL฀terminal฀and฀the฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀application,฀with฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀set฀to฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]).
•฀The฀projector฀can฀be฀operated฀by฀connecting฀the฀computer฀and฀projector฀over฀the฀network฀(on฀the฀projector,฀using฀the฀LAN฀
port฀and฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀application,฀with฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀set฀to฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]).
TIP:
•฀When฀controlling฀the฀projector฀using฀the฀LAN฀port,฀this฀works฀with฀either฀setting.
Turning On or Off Remote Sensor [REMOTE SENSOR]
Set฀the฀remote฀control฀sensors฀on฀the฀projector’s฀front฀and฀rear฀panels฀and฀the฀HDBaseT฀remote฀control฀sensor.
The฀options฀are:฀ALL,฀FRONT/BACK,฀FRONT,฀BACK,฀and฀HDBaseT.
NOTE:
•฀When฀[HDBaseT]฀is฀set,฀it฀will฀not฀work฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀standby฀mode,฀regardless฀of฀whether฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀(
page฀61)฀is฀set฀to฀[NORMAL]฀or฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀(the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on).
TIP:
•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀system฀does฀not฀function฀when฀direct฀sunlight฀or฀strong฀illumination฀strikes฀the฀remote฀control฀sensor฀of฀
the฀projector,฀change฀another฀option.
•฀Remote฀control฀by฀infrared฀rays฀is฀not฀available฀when฀the฀remote฀control฀cable฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀REMOTE฀termial.
background
57
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Setting฀ID฀to฀the฀Projector฀[CONTROL฀ID]
You฀can฀operate฀multiple฀projectors฀separately฀and฀independently฀with฀the฀single฀remote฀control฀that฀has฀the฀CONTROL฀
ID฀function.If฀you฀assign฀the฀same฀ID฀to฀all฀the฀projectors,฀you฀can฀conveniently฀operate฀all฀the฀projectors฀together฀
using฀the฀single฀remote฀control.To฀do฀so,฀you฀have฀to฀assign฀an฀ID฀number฀to฀each฀projector.
CONTROL ID NUMBER ....... Select a number from 1 to 254 you wish to assign to your projector.
CONTROL ID .......................Select [OFF] to turn off the CONTROL ID setting and select [ON] to turn on the CONTROL ID setting.
NOTE:฀
•฀When฀[ON]฀is฀selected฀for฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀operated฀by฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀that฀does฀not฀support฀
the฀CONTROL฀ID฀function.฀(In฀this฀case฀the฀buttons฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀can฀be฀used.)
•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.
•฀Pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀for฀10฀seconds฀will฀display฀the฀menu฀for฀canceling฀the฀Control฀
ID.
Assigning or Changing the Control ID
1. Turn on the projector.
2. Press the ID SET button on the remote control.
The฀CONTROL฀ID฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
If฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀operated฀with฀the฀current฀remote฀control฀ID,฀the฀[ACTIVE]฀will฀
be฀displayed.฀If฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀operated฀with฀the฀current฀remote฀control฀ID,฀
the฀[INACTIVE]฀will฀be฀displayed.To฀operate฀the฀inactive฀projector,฀assign฀the฀control฀
ID฀used฀for฀the฀projector฀by฀using฀the฀following฀procedure฀(Step฀3).
3. Press one of numeric keypad buttons while pressing and holding the ID SET
button on the remote control.
Example:
To฀assign฀“3”,฀press฀the฀“3”฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.
No฀ID฀means฀that฀all฀the฀projectors฀can฀be฀operated฀together฀with฀a฀single฀remote฀
control.To฀set฀“No฀ID”,฀enter฀“000”฀or฀press฀the฀CLEAR฀button.
TIP:฀The฀range฀of฀IDs฀is฀from฀1฀to฀254.
4. Release the ID SET button.
The฀updated฀CONTROL฀ID฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
NOTE:฀
•฀The฀IDs฀can฀be฀cleared฀in฀a฀few฀days฀after฀the฀batteries฀are฀run฀down฀or฀removed.
•฀Accidentally฀pressing฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons฀of฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀clear฀currently฀specied฀
ID฀with฀batteries฀removed.
background
58
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Using Test Pattern [TEST PATTERN]
Displays฀the฀test฀pattern฀for฀adjusting฀distortion฀on฀the฀screen฀and฀the฀focus฀at฀the฀time฀of฀the฀projector฀setup.฀Once฀
the฀[TEST฀PATTERN]฀on฀the฀onscreen฀menu฀is฀selected,฀the฀pattern฀for฀adjustment฀will฀be฀displayed฀on.If฀you฀nd฀
distortion฀on฀the฀pattern,฀adjust฀the฀projector฀installation฀angle฀or฀correct฀distortion฀by฀pressing฀the฀KEYSTONE฀button฀
on฀the฀remote.฀If฀the฀focus฀adjustment฀is฀required,฀control฀the฀focus฀lever.฀Press฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀test฀pattern฀
and฀return฀to฀the฀menu.
NOTE:
•฀Recommend฀to฀perfrom฀the฀focus฀adjustment฀after฀leaving฀the฀projector฀under฀the฀state฀the฀TEST฀PATTERN฀has฀been฀projected฀
for฀over฀30฀minutes.
Setting฀the฀network฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]
This฀function฀display฀the฀network฀settings฀menu.฀(฀page฀90)
background
59
4. Using On-Screen Menu
[OPTIONS(1)]
Selecting Fan Mode [FAN MODE]
Fan฀Mode฀is฀used฀to฀set฀the฀speed฀of฀the฀internal฀cooling฀fan.
AUTO ..................... The built-in fans automatically run at a variable speed according to the internal temperature.
HIGH ...................... The built-in fans run at a high speed.
HIGH ALTITUDE ..... The built-in fans run at a high speed. Select this option when using the projector at altitudes approximately
4000 feet/1200 meters or higher.
NOTE:฀
•฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀you฀select฀High฀speed฀mode฀if฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀non-stop฀for฀consecutive฀days.
•฀฀Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀4000฀feet/1200฀meters฀or฀higher.
•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀4000฀feet/1200฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀can฀cause฀
the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀protector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.
•฀฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀4000฀feet/1200฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀optical฀components฀such฀
as฀the฀lamp.
•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.
Enabling or Disabling WXGA Mode [WXGA MODE]
Selecting฀[ON]฀will฀give฀priority฀to฀WXGA฀(1280฀×฀768)/WUXGA฀(1920฀×฀1200)฀signals฀in฀recognizing฀an฀input฀signal.
When฀[WXGA฀MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀[ON],฀XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)/UXGA฀(1600฀×฀1200)฀signals฀may฀not฀be฀recognized.฀In฀this฀
case,฀select฀[OFF].
background
60
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Setting HDMI1, HDMI2, or HDBaseT [HDMI SETTINGS]
Make฀the฀settings฀for฀each฀video฀level฀when฀connecting฀HDMI฀equipment฀and฀Ethernet/HDBaseT฀terminal.
VIDEO LEVEL ......... Select [AUTO] to automatically detect video level. If automatic detection may not work well, select [NOR-
MAL] to disable the [ENHANCED] feature of your HDMI equipment or select [ENHANCED] to improve image
contrast and increase detail in the dark areas.
Setting Audio [AUDIO SELECT]
Make฀the฀settings฀for฀each฀audio฀level฀when฀connecting฀HDMI฀equipment฀and฀Ethernet/HDBaseT฀terminal.Select฀
between฀each฀equipment฀and฀computer.
HDMI1, HDMI2
........... Select [HDMI1] or [HDMI2] to switch the HDMI 1 IN or HDMI 2 IN digital audio signal or select [COMPUTER]
to switch the COMPUTER input audio signal.
HDBaseT ................ Select [HDBaseT] or [COMPUTER] to switch the source connected to the network.
Enabling Key Sound and Error Sound [BEEP]
This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀button฀sound฀or฀alarm฀when฀an฀error฀occurs฀or฀the฀following฀operations฀are฀performed.
-฀Displaying฀the฀main฀menu฀
-฀Switching฀sources
-฀Resetting฀data฀by฀using฀[RESET]
-฀Pressing฀POWER฀ON฀or฀STANDBY฀button
background
61
4. Using On-Screen Menu
[OPTIONS(2)]
Selecting Power-saving in [STANDBY MODE]
The฀projector฀has฀two฀standby฀modes:฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY].
The฀NORMAL฀mode฀is฀the฀mode฀that฀allows฀you฀to฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀power-saving฀condition฀which฀consumes฀
less฀power฀than฀the฀NETWORK฀STANDBY฀mode.
NORMAL .......................POWER indicator: Red light/STATUS indicator: Off
When [NORMAL] is selected, only the following buttons and feature will work:
POWER buttons on the projector cabinet and the remote control, powering on from PC Control com-
mand, and AUTO POWER ON.
NETWORK STANDBY .... POWER indicator: Orange light/STATUS indicator: Off
When [NETWORK STANDBY] is selected, the projector can be turned on over a wired LAN/wireless LAN
connection and only the following buttons, terminals, and features will work:
POWER buttons on the projector cabinet and the remote control, powering on from PC Control command,
AUTO POWER ON, Operation by User Supportware, Network service, Program Timer.
Important:
•฀When฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected,฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]฀will฀turn฀in฀grey฀and฀be฀disabled฀and฀[0:10]฀will฀be฀selected฀auto-
matically฀for฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF].
•฀In฀the฀below฀conditions,฀setting฀of฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀is฀disabled฀and฀the฀projector฀will฀go฀into฀the฀SLEEP฀mode*.
*฀Sleep฀mode฀refers฀the฀mode฀without฀functional฀restrictions฀by฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE].฀Power฀consumption฀in฀the฀SLEEP฀mode฀
is฀relatively฀higher฀than฀the฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀mode.฀The฀Status฀indicator฀turns฀on฀in฀Green.
When฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected
-฀When฀[NETWORK฀SERVICE]฀฀[AMX฀SETTINGS]฀฀[ENABLE]฀is฀selected฀
-฀When฀[NETWORK฀SERVICE]฀฀[CRESTRON฀SETTINGS]฀฀[CRESTRON฀CONTROL]฀฀[ENABLE]฀is฀selected
-฀When฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀Except฀for฀[DISABLE]฀and฀mounting฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀to฀the฀projector
-฀When฀the฀signal฀is฀input฀to฀the฀computer,฀HDMI฀1฀IN฀or฀HDMI฀2฀IN฀terminals
NOTE:฀
•฀When฀an฀HDBaseT฀transmitter฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀Ethernet/HDBaseT฀port,฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀standby฀mode,฀the฀projector฀
cannot฀be฀controlled฀(the฀power฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on),฀regardless฀of฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀setting.
TIP:฀
•฀Even฀when฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀power฀on฀or฀off฀can฀be฀done฀by฀using฀the฀PC฀CONTROL฀port.
•฀The฀power฀consumption฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀will฀not฀be฀included฀in฀calculating฀CO
2
฀emission฀reduction.
•฀Your฀setting฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.
Enabling Direct Power On [DIRECT POWER ON]
Turns฀the฀projector฀on฀automatically฀when฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀inserted฀into฀an฀active฀power฀outlet.฀This฀eliminates฀the฀
need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀projector฀cabinet.
background
62
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Turning฀On฀the฀Projector฀By฀Applying฀Computer฀Signal฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON]
When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀Standby฀mode,฀applying฀a฀computer฀or฀HDMI฀signal฀from฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀COM-
PUTER฀IN฀input,฀HDMI1,฀or฀HDMI2฀input฀will฀power฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀simultaneously฀project฀the฀image.
This฀functionality฀eliminates฀the฀need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀
to฀power฀on฀the฀projector.
To฀use฀this฀function,฀rst฀connect฀a฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀projector฀to฀an฀active฀AC฀input.
NOTE:฀
•฀Disconnecting฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀the฀computer฀will฀not฀power฀off฀the฀projector.฀We฀recommend฀using฀this฀function฀in฀com-
bination฀of฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF฀function.
•฀This฀function฀will฀not฀be฀available฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:
-฀when฀a฀component฀signal฀is฀applied฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀IN฀terminal
-฀when฀a฀Sync฀on฀Green฀RGB฀signal฀or฀composite฀sync฀signal฀is฀applied
•฀To฀enable฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀after฀changing฀to฀the฀sleep฀mode฀turning฀off฀the฀projector,฀wait฀5฀seconds฀and฀input฀a฀computer฀
or฀HDMI฀signal.
If฀a฀computer฀or฀HDMI฀signal฀is฀still฀present฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off,฀the฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀will฀not฀work฀and฀the฀projector฀
remains฀in฀standby฀mode.
Enabling Power Management [AUTO POWER OFF]
When฀this฀option฀is฀selected฀you฀can฀enable฀the฀projector฀to฀automatically฀turn฀off฀(at฀the฀selected฀time:5min.,฀10min.,฀
15min.,฀20min.,฀30min.,฀60min.)฀in฀one฀of฀the฀below฀conditions.
-฀No฀signal฀is฀received.
-฀The฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀displayed.
-฀No฀operation฀is฀performed.
NOTE:
•฀This฀item฀can฀be฀selected฀only฀when฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].
•฀When฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀is฀selected,฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]฀will฀turn฀grey฀in฀color฀and฀be฀disabled฀to฀select,฀[0:15]฀will฀be฀
selected฀automatically.
background
63
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Selecting Default Source [DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT]
You฀can฀set฀the฀projector฀to฀default฀to฀any฀one฀of฀its฀inputs฀each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.
LAST ...................... Sets the projector to default to the previous or last active input each time the projector is turned on.
AUTO ..................... Searches for an active source in order of [HDMI1] [HDMI2] [COMPUTER] [VIDEO] [HDBaseT]
[APPS] and displays the first found source.
HDMI1 ................... Displays the digital source from the HDMI 1 IN terminal every time the projector is turned on.
HDMI2 ................... Displays the digital source from the HDMI 2 IN terminal every time the projector is turned on.
COMPUTER ........... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER IN terminal every time the projector is turned on.
VIDEO .................... Displays the Video source from the VIDEO IN terminal every time the projector is turned on.
HDBaseT ................ Projects the signal transmitted from the terminals supported HDBaseT.
APPS ..................... Display the APPS MENU.
NOTE:
•฀[APPS]฀can฀not฀be฀detected฀when฀[AUTO]฀is฀selected.฀For฀projecting฀image฀from฀APPS,฀select฀[APPS]฀or฀[LAST].
Setting฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀[CARBON฀CONVERT]
Adjusts฀the฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀in฀the฀carbon฀saving฀calculation.The฀initial฀setting฀is฀0.505[kg-CO2/kWh]฀based฀on฀
the฀CO2฀Emissions฀from฀Fuel฀Combustion฀(2008฀Edition)฀published฀by฀OECD.
Selecting your currency [CURRENCY]
Displays฀electricity฀pricing฀(available฀in฀4฀currency฀units).
$ ............................ US Dollar
........................... EU Euro
JP¥ ........................ Japanese Yen
RMB¥ .................... Chinese Yuan
Changing฀currency฀setting฀and฀currency฀convert฀setting฀[CURRENCY฀CONVERT]
Changes฀currency฀setting฀and฀currency฀convert฀setting฀for฀CARBON฀METER.
The฀initial฀setting฀are฀as฀follows:
US Dollar ............... 0.11 [$/kWh]
EU Euro ................. 0.19 [/kWh]
Japanese Yen ......... 20 [¥/kWh]
Chinese Yuan ......... 0.48 [¥/kWh]
The฀initial฀settings฀for฀US฀dollar,฀EU฀Euro,฀and฀Japanese฀Yen฀are฀based฀on฀“Energy฀Prices฀and฀Taxes฀(second฀quarter฀
2010”฀published฀by฀OECD.
The฀initial฀setting฀for฀Chinese฀Yuan฀is฀based฀on฀“Chinese฀Data฀File฀(2010)”฀published฀by฀JETRO.
background
64
4. Using On-Screen Menu
[3D]
Selecting฀input฀connected฀to฀a฀source฀of฀3D฀images฀[HDMI1/HDMI2/COMPUTER/VIDEO/HDBaseT]
[3D]
This฀function฀switches฀the฀3D฀mode฀between฀ON฀and฀OFF฀for฀each฀input.
ON ......................... Turns on the 3D mode for the selected input.
NOTE:
To฀conrm฀that฀the฀supported฀3D฀signal฀is฀accepted,฀use฀either฀way฀of฀the฀following:
•฀Make฀sure฀that฀[3D]฀is฀displayed฀in฀the฀top฀right฀of฀the฀screen฀after฀the฀source฀is฀selected.
•฀Display฀[INFO.]฀฀[SOURCE(2)]฀฀[3D฀SIGNAL]฀and฀make฀sure฀that฀“SUPPORTED”฀is฀displayed.
OFF ........................ Turns off the 3D mode for the selected input.
[GLASSES]
Select฀3D฀glasses฀method.
DLP
®
Link .............. For 3D eyeglasses (ones manufactured by XPAND are recommended) or DLP
®
Link compatible LCD shutter
eyeglasses.
Others .................... For other LCD shutter eyeglasses such as IR or wired LCD shutter types.
NOTE:
•฀When฀using฀crystal฀shutter฀glasses฀other฀than฀those฀using฀the฀DLP®฀Link฀method,฀it฀may฀not฀be฀possible฀to฀synchronize,฀depend-
ing฀on฀the฀glasses.
•฀This฀function฀will฀not฀work฀for฀VIDEO฀source.
[FORMAT]
Sets฀3D฀format.
AUTO ............................Automatically selects the appropriate format. The supported format is HDMI 3D only.
FRAME PACKING ..........Selects this format for the FRAME PACKING 3D image. FRAM PACKING is a format that stores the left
and right eye images without compression.
SIDE BY SIDE ...............Selects this format for the SIDE BY SIDE 3D image. SIDE BY SIDE is a format that stores the left and
right eye images displayed horizontally. Only the half of the horizontal resolution is supported
TOP AND BOTTOM .......Selects this format for the TOP AND BOTTOM 3D image. TOP AND BOTTOM is a format that stores the
left and right eye images displayed vertically. Only the half of the vertical resolution is supported.
FRAME SEQUENTIAL ....Selects this format for the FRAME SEQUENTIAL 3D image. FRAME SEQUENTIAL is a format that displays
the left and right eye images alternately.
NOTE:
•฀This฀function฀will฀not฀work฀for฀VIDEO฀source.
•฀When฀3D฀signals฀are฀input,฀operation฀is฀only฀possible฀when฀[GLASSES]฀is฀set฀to฀“DLP®฀Link”.
background
65
4. Using On-Screen Menu
[L/R฀INVERT]
Change฀the฀setting฀if฀you฀have฀difculty฀seeing฀3D฀images.
NON-INVERT ......... Normal setting.
INVERT .................. Changes the order of displaying the images for left eye and right eye.
NOTE:
•฀When฀[L/R฀INVERT]฀cannot฀be฀operated,฀the฀[L/R฀INVERT]฀screen฀will฀not฀be฀displayed฀even฀when฀the฀remote฀control’s฀video฀
button฀is฀pressed.
background
66
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Descriptions & Functions [INFO.]
Displays฀the฀status฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀and฀lamp฀usage.This฀item฀has฀nine฀pages.The฀information฀included฀is฀as฀follows:
TIP:฀Pressing฀the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀will฀show฀the฀[INFO.]฀menu฀items.
[USAGE TIME]
[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING]฀(%)*
[LAMP฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)
[FILTER฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)
[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀(kg-CO2)
[TOTAL฀COST฀SAVINGS]($)
*฀The฀progress฀indicator฀shows฀the฀percentage฀of฀remaining฀bulb฀life.
The฀value฀informs฀you฀of฀the฀amount฀of฀lamp฀usage.฀When฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0,฀the฀LAMP฀LIFE฀
REMAINING฀bar฀indicator฀changes฀from฀0%฀to฀100฀Hours฀and฀starts฀counting฀down.
If฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0฀hours,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.
•฀The฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀lamp฀should฀be฀replaced฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀
turned฀on฀and฀when฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀STANDBY฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed.
To฀dismiss฀this฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control.
Lamp฀life฀(H)Brightness by mode
OFF AUTO ECO NORMAL ECO OFF AUTO ECO NORMAL ECO
3000H
3000H฀to฀
5000H
4000H 5000H 100%OFF฀thru฀ECOApprox.฀80%Approx.฀60%
•฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]
This฀displays฀the฀estimated฀carbon฀saving฀information฀in฀kg.The฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀in฀the฀carbon฀saving฀cal-
culation฀is฀based฀on฀the฀OECD฀(2008฀Edition).฀(฀page฀
29)
background
67
4. Using On-Screen Menu
[SOURCE(1)]
[RESOLUTION]฀[HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY]฀
[VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY]฀[SYNC฀TYPE]฀
[SYNC฀POLARITY]฀[SCAN฀TYPE]
[SOURCE(2)]
[SIGNAL฀TYPE]฀[VIDEO฀TYPE]฀
[BIT฀DEPTH]฀[VIDEO฀LEVEL]฀
[3D฀SIGNAL]
[HDBaseT]
[SIGNAL฀QUALITY]฀[OPERATION฀MODE]฀
[LINK฀STATUS]฀[HDMI฀STATUS]
[WIRED LAN]
[IP฀ADDRESS]฀[SUBNET฀MASK]฀
[GATEWAY]฀[MAC฀ADDRESS]
[WIRELESS LAN]
[IP฀ADDRESS]฀[SUBNET฀MASK]฀
[GATEWAY]฀[MAC฀ADDRESS]฀
[SSID]฀[NETWORK฀TYPE]฀
[SECURITY]฀[CHANNEL]฀
[SIGNAL฀LEVEL]
[VERSION(1)]
[FIRMWARE]฀Version฀[DATA]฀Version
[VERSION(2)]
[FIRMWARE2]฀Version
[OTHERS]
[PROJECTOR฀NAME]฀[HOST฀NAME]฀
[MODEL฀NO.]฀[SERIAL฀NUMBER]฀
[LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE]฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀is฀set)
background
68
4. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Descriptions & Functions [RESET]
Returning to Factory Default [RESET]
The฀RESET฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀change฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀for฀a฀(all)฀source฀(s)฀except฀
the฀following:
[CURRENT SIGNAL]
Resets฀the฀adjustments฀for฀the฀current฀signal฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀levels.
The฀items฀that฀can฀be฀reset฀are:฀[PRESET],฀[CONTRAST],฀[BRIGHTNESS],฀[COLOR],฀[HUE],฀[SHARPNESS],฀[AS-
PECT฀RATIO],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀and฀[OVERSCAN].
[ALL DATA]
Reset฀all฀the฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀for฀all฀the฀signals฀to฀the฀factory฀preset.
All฀items฀can฀be฀reset฀EXCEPT[LANGUAGE],฀[BACKGROUND],฀[FILTER฀MESSAGE],฀[ORIENTATION],฀[SERIAL฀
PORT],฀[SECURITY],฀[COMMUNICATION฀SPEED],฀[CONTROL฀ID],฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀[FAN฀MODE],฀[CARBON฀
CONVERT],฀[CURRENCY],฀[CURRENTY฀CONVERT],฀[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING],฀[LAMP฀HOURS฀USED],฀[FILTER฀
HOURS฀USED],฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS],฀[PROJECTOR฀NAME],฀[WIRED฀LAN],฀[WIRELESS฀LAN],฀[IMAGE฀
EXPRESS฀UTILITY฀LITE],฀[NETWORK฀SERVICE],฀[DATE฀&฀TIME],฀[ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE],฀and฀[REMOTE฀
DESKTOP฀CONNECTION].
Clearing Lamp Hour Meter [CLEAR LAMP HOURS]
Resets฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀
the฀ENTER฀button.
NOTE:฀Elapsed฀time฀of฀the฀lamp฀use฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.
NOTE:฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀go฀into฀standby฀mode฀when฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀
lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life.฀In฀this฀condition฀you฀cannot฀clear฀the฀lamp฀hour฀meter฀on฀the฀menu.฀If฀this฀happens,฀press฀
the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀10฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.฀Do฀this฀only฀after฀replacing฀the฀lamp.
Clearing the Filter Usage Hours [CLEAR FILTER HOURS]
Resets฀the฀lter฀usage฀back฀to฀zero.Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀
the฀ENTER฀button.
NOTE:฀Elapsed฀time฀of฀the฀lter฀use฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.
background
69
Setting Up the Screen and the Projector
Use฀this฀to฀get฀a฀general฀idea฀of฀what฀the฀screen฀size฀will฀be฀when฀set฀in฀a฀certain฀position,฀what฀size฀screen฀you฀will฀
need,฀and฀what฀distance฀you฀will฀need฀to฀project฀images฀of฀the฀desired฀size.
The฀projection฀distance฀range฀at฀which฀focusing฀is฀possible฀is฀0.79฀m฀(for฀a฀30฀model)฀to฀14.19฀m฀(for฀a฀300฀model).
Install฀within฀this฀range.
[P502H/P452H]
0123456789101112 13 14 15
12 13 14 15
0
1
2
3
4
5
1234567891011
40
30
60
80
100
120
150
180
200
240
300
(inch)
(m)
Screen size
Screen height from the center of the
projector lens
[Projection distance]
When zoom lever turned to wide
With tilt feet tilted 4° when set to wide
When zoom lever turned to telescopic
When zoom lever
turned to telescopic
Screen center line
(telescopic)
When zoom lever
turned to wide
Projector lens center Screen center line (wide)
(m)
(m)
*฀The฀gures฀indicated฀for฀“height฀of฀screen฀from฀projector฀lens฀center”฀on฀the฀projection฀distance฀table฀are฀for฀a฀lens฀shift฀of฀62%฀
V.
[Reading฀the฀Table]
From฀the฀upper฀table฀on฀this฀page,฀to฀project฀wide฀images฀on฀a฀150฀screen,฀install฀at฀about฀4.1฀m฀from฀the฀front.
Also,฀from฀the฀lower฀table฀we฀can฀see฀that฀about฀2.1฀m฀are฀required฀from฀the฀projector’s฀lens฀center฀to฀the฀upper฀edge฀
of฀the฀screen.Use฀this฀to฀see฀whether฀or฀not฀enough฀height฀can฀be฀provided฀from฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀ceiling฀and฀
for฀installing฀the฀screen.฀The฀diagram฀shows฀the฀projection฀distance฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀installed฀horizontally.฀The฀
projected฀image฀can฀be฀moved฀up฀and฀down,฀left฀and฀right฀using฀the฀lens฀shift฀function.฀(฀page฀
17)
5. Installation and Connections
background
70
5. Installation and Connections
[P502W/P452W]
0 12345678910 11 12 13 14 15
12 13 14 15
0
1
2
3
4
5
12345678910 11
40
30
60
80
100
120
150
180
200
240
300
(inch)
(m)
Screen size
Screen height from the center of the
projector lens
[Projection distance]
When zoom lever turned to wide
With tilt feet tilted 4° when set to wide
When zoom lever turned to telescopic
When zoom lever
turned to telescopic
Screen center line
(telescopic)
When zoom lever
turned to wide
Projector lens center Screen center line (wide)
(m)
(m)
*฀The฀gures฀indicated฀for฀“height฀of฀screen฀from฀projector฀lens฀center”฀on฀the฀projection฀distance฀table฀are฀for฀a฀lens฀shift฀of฀59%฀
V.
[Reading฀the฀Table]
From฀the฀upper฀table฀on฀this฀page,฀to฀project฀wide฀images฀on฀a฀150฀screen,฀install฀at฀about฀4.1฀m฀from฀the฀front.
Also,฀from฀the฀lower฀table฀we฀can฀see฀that฀about฀2.1฀m฀are฀required฀from฀the฀projector’s฀lens฀center฀to฀the฀upper฀edge฀
of฀the฀screen.Use฀this฀to฀see฀whether฀or฀not฀enough฀height฀can฀be฀provided฀from฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀ceiling฀and฀
for฀installing฀the฀screen.฀The฀diagram฀shows฀the฀projection฀distance฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀installed฀horizontally.฀The฀
projected฀image฀can฀be฀moved฀up฀and฀down,฀left฀and฀right฀using฀the฀lens฀shift฀function.฀(฀page฀
17)
background
71
5. Installation and Connections
Tables of screen sizes and dimensions
[P502H/P452H]
Screen height
Screen width
Screen size
(diagonal)
Size฀(inches)Screen฀widthScreen฀height
(inches)(cm)(inches)(cm)
302666.415 37.4
40 3588.620 49.8
50 44 110.725 62.3
6052 132.82974.7
8070177.13999.6
100 87221.4 49124.5
120 105 265.759149.4
150 131332.174186.8
200 174442.898249.1
250 218553.4123311.3
300261664.1147373.6
[P502W/P452W]
Screen height
Screen width
Screen size
(diagonal)
Size฀(inches)Screen฀widthScreen฀height
(inches)(cm)(inches)(cm)
3025 64.61640.4
40 3486.221 53.8
50 42 107.72667.3
6051 129.23280.8
8068172.342 107.7
100 85215.4 53134.6
120 102 258.564161.5
150 127323.179201.9
200 170430.8106269.2
250 212 538.5132336.5
300254 646.2159403.9
background
72
5. Installation and Connections
Example of installation on a desktop
The฀diagram฀below฀shows฀an฀example฀of฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀used฀on฀a฀desktop.
Horizontal฀projection฀position:฀Equal฀distance฀to฀the฀left฀and฀right฀from฀the฀center฀of฀the฀lens
Vertical฀projection฀position:฀(see฀table฀below)฀
[P502H/P452H]
Screen surface
Lower edge of screen with 62% V
Measurement +H
Measurement -H
Lower edge of screen with 0% V
Lens center
Approximately 81 to 86 mm
Projection distance L
(Note)฀Height฀from฀lens฀center฀to฀lower฀edge฀of฀screen฀(with฀tilt฀feet฀screwed฀in)
Screen฀size฀(inches)Throw฀distance฀LHeight฀H
WideTele0%V฀–฀62%V
(inches)(m)(inches)(m)(inches)(cm)
30310.7955 1.39−7.4+1.7−18.7+4.3
40 42 1.07731.86−9.8+2.3−24.9+5.8
50 531.34922.34−12.2+2.8−31.1+7.2
60641.62111 2.81−14.7+3.4−37.4+8.7
80862.171483.76−19.6+4.6−49.8+11.6
100 1072.721854.71−24.5+5.7−62.3+14.5
120 1293.282235.66−29.4+6.9−74.7+17.4
150 1624.11 2797.08−36.8+8.5−93.4+21.7
200 2165.493729.45−49.0+11.4−124.5+28.9
250 2706.8746511.82−61.3+14.3−155.7+36.2
3003258.2555914.19−73.5+17.1−186.8+43.4
[P502W/P452W]
Screen surface
Lower edge of screen with 59% V
Measurement +H
Measurement -H
Lower edge of screen with 0% V
Lens center
Approximately 81 to 86 mm
Projection distance L
(Note)฀Height฀from฀lens฀center฀to฀lower฀edge฀of฀screen฀(with฀tilt฀feet฀screwed฀in)
Screen฀size฀(inches)Throw฀distance฀LHeight฀H
WideTele0%V฀–฀59%V
(inches)(m)(inches)(m)(inches)(cm)
30320.81561.42 −8.0+1.3−20.2+3.4
40 431.09751.90−10.6+1.8−26.9+4.6
50 54 1.37942.39−13.3+2.2−33.7+5.7
60651.661132.87−15.9+2.7−40.4+6.9
80872.22 151 3.84−21.2+3.6−53.8+9.2
100 110 2.781894.81−26.5+4.5−67.3+11.5
120 1323.352275.78−31.8+5.4−80.8+13.8
150 1654.192857.23−39.8+6.8−101.0+17.2
200 221 5.603809.65−53.0+9.1−134.6+23.0
250 2767.0147512.08−66.3+11.3−168.3+28.7
3003328.4357114.50 −79.5+13.6−201.9+34.5
background
73
5. Installation and Connections
Lens shifting range
This฀projector฀is฀equipped฀with฀a฀lens฀shift฀function฀(page฀
17)฀for฀adjusting฀the฀image฀position฀using฀dials.Lens฀
shifting฀is฀possible฀within฀the฀range฀shown฀below.
NOTE:฀
•฀In฀case฀lens฀shifted฀volume฀exceeds฀the฀below฀illustrated฀range,฀blur฀and฀shade฀may฀appear฀around฀ends฀of฀projected฀image.
Legend:฀V฀“Vertical”฀refers฀to฀the฀screen฀height฀and฀H฀“Horizontal”refers฀to฀the฀screen฀width.฀The฀lens฀shift฀range฀is฀
expressed฀as฀a฀ratio฀of฀height฀and฀width,฀respectively.
[P502H/P452H]
Lens฀shifting฀range:
Vertical฀direction:฀+62%,฀−0%
Horizontal฀direction:฀±25%
100%V
62%V
100%H
25%H
25%H
25%H
25%H
Height of projected image
Width of projected image
[P502W/P452W]
Lens฀shifting฀range:
Vertical฀direction:฀+59%,฀−0%
Horizontal฀direction:฀±28%
100%V
59%V
100%H
28%H
28%H
28%H
28%H
Height of projected image
Width of projected image
*฀The฀lens฀shift฀range฀is฀the฀same฀for฀ceiling฀installation.
background
74
5. Installation and Connections
(Example)฀When฀using฀to฀project฀on฀a฀150"฀screen
[P502H/P452H]
According฀to฀the฀“Table฀of฀screen฀sizes฀and฀dimensions”฀(฀page฀
71),฀H฀=฀130.8"/332.1฀cm,฀V฀=฀73.6"/186.8฀cm.
Adjustment฀range฀in฀the฀vertical฀direction:the฀projected฀image฀can฀be฀moved฀upwards฀0.62฀×฀73.6"/186.8฀cm฀
45.3"/115฀cm฀(when฀the฀lens฀is฀at฀the฀center฀position).
Adjustment฀range฀in฀the฀horizontal฀direction:฀the฀projected฀image฀can฀be฀moved฀to฀the฀left฀0.25฀×฀130.8"/332.1฀cm฀
32.7"/83฀cm,฀to฀the฀right฀approximately฀32.7"/83฀cm.
[P502W/P452W]
According฀to฀the฀“Table฀of฀screen฀sizes฀and฀dimensions”฀(฀page฀71),฀H฀=฀127.3"/323.1฀cm,฀V฀=฀79.5"/201.9฀cm.
Adjustment฀range฀in฀the฀vertical฀direction:the฀projected฀image฀can฀be฀moved฀upwards฀0.59฀×฀79.5"/201.9฀cm฀
46.9"/119฀cm฀(when฀the฀lens฀is฀at฀the฀center฀position).
Adjustment฀range฀in฀the฀horizontal฀direction:฀the฀projected฀image฀can฀be฀moved฀to฀the฀left฀0.28฀×฀127.3"/323.1฀cm฀
35.4"/90฀cm,฀to฀the฀right฀approximately฀35.4"/90฀cm.
*฀Figures฀differ฀by฀several฀%฀because฀the฀calculation฀is฀approximate.
WARNING
*฀Installing฀your฀projector฀on฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀done฀by฀a฀qualied฀technician.Contact฀your฀NEC฀dealer฀for฀more฀
information.
*฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀install฀the฀projector฀yourself.
•฀Only฀use฀your฀projector฀on฀a฀solid,฀level฀surface.If฀the฀projector฀falls฀to฀the฀ground,฀you฀can฀be฀injured฀and฀the฀
projector฀severely฀damaged.
•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀projector฀where฀temperatures฀vary฀greatly.฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀used฀at฀temperatures฀between฀
41°F฀(5°C)฀and฀104°F฀(40°C)฀(Eco฀mode฀selected฀automatically฀at฀95°F฀to฀104°F/35°C฀to฀40°C).
•฀Do฀not฀expose฀the฀projector฀to฀moisture,฀dust,฀or฀smoke.This฀will฀harm฀the฀screen฀image.
•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀adequate฀ventilation฀around฀your฀projector฀so฀heat฀can฀dissipate.฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀vents฀on฀
the฀side฀or฀the฀front฀of฀the฀projector.
Reflecting the Image
Using฀a฀mirror฀to฀reect฀your฀projector’s฀image฀enables฀you฀to฀enjoy฀a฀much฀larger฀image฀when฀a฀smaller฀space฀is฀
required.Contact฀your฀NEC฀dealer฀if฀you฀need฀a฀mirror฀system.If฀you’re฀using฀a฀mirror฀system฀and฀your฀image฀is฀
inverted,฀use฀the฀MENU฀and฀▲▼◀▶฀buttons฀on฀your฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀your฀remote฀control฀to฀correct฀the฀orienta-
tion.฀(฀page฀55)
background
75
5. Installation and Connections
Making Connections
Connecting Your Computer
Computer฀cables฀and฀HDMI฀can฀be฀used฀to฀connect฀to฀a฀computer.The฀HDMI฀cable฀is฀not฀enclosed฀with฀the฀projector.
Please฀get฀ready฀a฀suitable฀cable฀for฀the฀connection.
NOTE:฀Signals฀supported฀by฀Plug฀&฀Play฀(DDC2)
INPUT
COMPUTER฀INHDMI฀1฀INHDMI฀2฀IN
analogdigitaldigital
YesYesYes
HDMI 1 IN
HDMI 2 IN
COMPUTER IN
AUDIO IN
Computer cable (VGA) (supplied)
To mini D-Sub 15-pin terminal on the projector.
It฀is฀recommended฀that฀you฀use฀a฀commercial-
ly available distribution amplifier if connecting
a signal cable longer than the cable supplied.
NOTE:฀For฀Mac,฀use฀a฀commercially฀available฀
pin฀adapter฀(not฀supplied)฀to฀connect฀to฀your฀
Mac’s฀video฀port.
Stereo mini-plug audio
cable (not supplied)
HDMI฀cable฀(not฀supplied)
Use฀High฀Speed฀HDMI
®
Cable.
•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀terminal฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.
Input฀terminal
SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet
Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control
HDMI฀1฀IN
฀HDMI1(HDMI฀1*)
HDMI฀2฀IN
฀HDMI2(HDMI฀2*)
COMPUTER฀IN
฀COMPUTER(COMPUTER฀1)
background
76
5. Installation and Connections
NOTE:฀The฀projector฀is฀not฀compatible฀with฀video฀decoded฀outputs฀of฀the฀NEC฀ISS-6020฀switcher.
NOTE:฀An฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀when฀a฀Video฀source฀is฀played฀back฀via฀a฀commercially฀available฀scan฀converter.฀
This฀is฀because฀the฀projector฀will฀process฀a฀video฀signal฀as฀a฀computer฀signal฀at฀the฀default฀setting.฀In฀that฀case,฀do฀the฀following.
*฀When฀an฀image฀is฀displayed฀with฀the฀lower฀and฀upper฀black฀portion฀of฀the฀screen฀or฀a฀dark฀image฀is฀not฀displayed฀correctly:
Project฀an฀image฀to฀ll฀the฀screen฀and฀then฀press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet.
Enabling the computer’s external display
Displaying฀an฀image฀on฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀screen฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀it฀outputs฀a฀signal฀to฀the฀projector.
When฀using฀a฀PC฀compatible฀laptop,฀a฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀display.
Usually,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀gets฀the฀external฀display฀to฀come฀on฀or฀off.฀For฀
example,฀NEC฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F3,฀while฀Dell฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F8฀key฀combinations฀to฀toggle฀through฀external฀display฀selections.
Cautions฀when฀using฀a฀DVI฀signal
•฀When฀the฀computer฀has฀a฀DVI฀output฀terminal,฀use฀a฀commercially฀available฀converter฀cable฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀
to฀the฀projector’s฀HDMI฀1฀IN฀or฀HDMI฀2฀IN฀terminal฀(only฀digital฀video฀signals฀can฀be฀input).
HDMI 1 IN
HDMI 2 IN
AUDIO IN
NOTE:฀When฀Viewing฀a฀DVI฀Digital฀Signal
•฀Turn฀off฀the฀power฀of฀the฀computer฀and฀projector฀before฀connecting.
•฀When฀a฀video฀deck฀is฀connected฀via฀a฀scan฀converter,฀etc.,฀the฀display฀may฀not฀be฀correct฀during฀fast-forwarding฀and฀rewinding.
•฀Use฀a฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable฀compliant฀with฀DDWG฀(Digital฀Display฀Working฀Group)฀DVI฀(Digital฀Visual฀Interface)฀revision฀1.0฀stan-
dard.
The฀cable฀should฀be฀within฀197"/5฀m฀long.
•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC฀before฀connecting฀the฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable.
•฀To฀project฀a฀DVI฀digital฀signal:฀Connect฀the฀cables,฀turn฀the฀projector฀on,฀then฀select฀the฀HDMI฀input.฀Finally,฀turn฀on฀your฀PC.
Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀not฀activate฀the฀digital฀output฀of฀the฀graphics฀card฀resulting฀in฀no฀picture฀being฀displayed.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀
restart฀your฀PC.
•฀Do฀not฀disconnect฀the฀DVI-to-HDMI฀cable฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀running.฀If฀the฀signal฀cable฀has฀been฀disconnected฀and฀then฀
reconnected,฀an฀image฀may฀not฀be฀correctly฀displayed.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀restart฀your฀PC.
•฀The฀COMPUTER฀video฀input฀terminals฀support฀Windows฀Plug฀and฀Play.
•฀A฀Mac฀signal฀adapter฀(commercially฀available)฀may฀be฀required฀to฀connect฀a฀Mac฀computer.
background
77
5. Installation and Connections
Connecting an External Monitor
You฀can฀connect฀a฀separate,฀external฀monitor฀to฀your฀projector฀to฀simultaneously฀view฀on฀a฀monitor฀the฀computer฀
analog฀image฀you’re฀projecting.
AUDIO OUT
MONITOR OUT (COMP.)
Computer cable (VGA) (not supplied)
Computer cable (VGA) (supplied)
Stereo mini-plug audio cable (not supplied)
NOTE:
•฀The฀AUDIO฀OUT฀mini฀jack฀does฀not฀support฀Headphone฀terminal.
•฀When฀audio฀equipment฀is฀connected,฀the฀projector฀speaker฀is฀disabled.
•฀The฀signal฀output฀from฀the฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP.)฀of฀this฀projector฀is฀for฀projecting฀image฀on฀exclusive฀one฀display.
•฀When฀no฀signal฀is฀applied฀over฀3฀minutes฀in฀the฀condition฀of฀projector฀standby฀when฀NETWORK฀STANDBY฀is฀set฀in฀the฀Standby฀
mode,฀output฀from฀the฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP.)฀or฀AUDIO฀OUT฀terminal฀will฀be฀stopped.฀In฀this฀case฀pull฀out฀the฀computer฀cable฀
and฀set฀it฀back฀after฀inputting฀video฀signal
Monitor฀out฀and฀sleep฀mode:
•฀The฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP.)฀terminal฀will฀not฀work฀when฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].฀
The฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP.)฀terminal฀will฀work฀only฀in฀the฀sleep฀mode.฀
Applying฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀COMPUTER฀IN฀terminal฀will฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀sleep฀mode,฀which฀allows฀you฀to฀use฀the฀MONITOR฀
OUT฀(COMP.)฀terminal฀and฀the฀AUDIO฀OUT฀mini฀jack.฀
The฀sleep฀mode฀is฀one฀of฀the฀standby฀modes.฀The฀sleep฀mode฀cannot฀be฀selected฀from฀the฀menu.
•฀In฀the฀network฀standby฀mode,฀sound฀for฀the฀last฀viewed฀computer฀or฀video฀source฀will฀be฀heard.฀
BNC-to-฀COMPUTER฀IN฀terminal฀converted฀signal฀will฀not฀be฀output฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀and฀sleep฀mode.
background
78
5. Installation and Connections
Connecting Your DVD Player or Other AV Equipment
Connecting฀Video฀Input
VIDEO IN
AUDIO IN
Audio cable (not supplied)
Video cable (not supplied)
Audio cable (not supplied)
Audio equipment
•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀terminal฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.
Input฀terminal
SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀
cabinet
Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control
VIDEO฀IN
VIDEO
(VIDEO)
NOTE:฀Refer฀to฀your฀VCR฀owner’s฀manual฀for฀more฀information฀about฀your฀equipment’s฀video฀output฀requirements.
NOTE:฀An฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly฀when฀a฀Video฀source฀is฀played฀back฀in฀fast-forward฀or฀fast-rewind฀via฀a฀scan฀converter.
background
79
5. Installation and Connections
Connecting Component Input
Connection฀for฀component฀signal.฀Signal฀from฀the฀color฀difference฀signal฀output฀terminal฀on฀DVD฀players฀(DVD฀video฀
output)฀and฀the฀YPbPr฀output฀terminal฀on฀the฀Hi-vision฀video฀can฀be฀projected.฀Recommend฀to฀connect฀the฀terminal฀
for฀audio฀output฀on฀the฀DVD฀player฀to฀the฀audio฀components.
COMPUTER IN
AUDIO IN
15-pin - to - RCA (female) × 3 cable adapter
(ADP-CV1E)
Stereo mini plug - to - RCA audio cable (not supplied)
Component video RCA × 3 cable (not supplied)
Audio cable (not supplied)
DVD player
Audio Equipment
•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀terminal฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.
Input฀terminal
SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀
cabinet
Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control
COMPUTER฀IN
฀COMPUTER(COMPUTER฀1)
NOTE:฀Refer฀to฀your฀DVD฀player’s฀owner’s฀manual฀for฀more฀information฀about฀your฀DVD฀player’s฀video฀output฀requirements.
background
80
5. Installation and Connections
Connecting HDMI Input
You฀can฀connect฀the฀HDMI฀output฀of฀your฀DVD฀player,฀hard฀disk฀player,฀Blu-ray฀player,฀or฀notebook฀type฀PC฀to฀the฀
HDMI฀IN฀terminal฀of฀your฀projector.
HDMI 1 IN
HDMI 2 IN
HDMI฀cable฀(not฀supplied)
Use฀High฀Speed฀HDMI
®
Cable.
Audio cable (not supplied)
•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀terminal฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.
Input฀terminal
SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀
cabinet
Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control
HDMI฀1฀IN
฀HDMI1(HDMI1*)
HDMI฀2฀IN
฀HDMI2(HDMI2*)
•฀When฀connecting฀the฀HDMI฀1฀IN฀terminal฀(or฀HDMI฀2฀IN฀terminal)฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀DVD฀player,฀the฀projec-
tor’s฀video฀level฀can฀be฀made฀settings฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀DVD฀player’s฀video฀level.฀In฀the฀menu฀select฀[HDMI฀
SETTINGS]฀฀[VIDEO฀LEVEL]฀and฀make฀necessary฀settings.
•฀If฀the฀HDMI฀input฀sound฀cannot฀be฀heard,฀in฀the฀menu฀select฀[AUDIO฀SELECT]฀฀[HDMI1]฀or฀[HDMI2].฀(฀page฀
60)
background
81
5. Installation and Connections
Connecting your document camera
You฀can฀connect฀your฀document฀camera฀and฀project฀printed฀documents,฀etc.
COMPUTER IN
VIDEO IN
Name, position, and direction of
terminals are vary depending on
camera฀model.฀Please฀check฀user's฀
manual of your camera for details.
Computer cable (VGA)
(supplied)
Video cable (not supplied)
•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀terminal฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.
Input฀terminal
SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀
cabinet
Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control
COMPUTER฀IN
฀COMPUTER(COMPUTER฀1)
VIDEO฀IN
VIDEO
(VIDEO)
background
82
5. Installation and Connections
Connecting to a Wired LAN
The฀projector฀comes฀standard฀with฀the฀Ethernet/HDBaseT฀port฀(RJ-45)฀and฀the฀LAN฀port฀which฀provide฀a฀LAN฀con-
nection฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable.
To฀use฀a฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀required฀to฀set฀the฀wired฀LAN฀settings฀on฀the฀projector฀menu.Select฀[SETUP]฀
[INSTALLATION]฀฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS].฀(฀page฀
58).
The฀network฀settings฀can฀also฀be฀selected฀from฀the฀APPS฀menu.
Example of LAN connection
Example฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection
Ethernet
HDBaseT
Server
Hub
LAN cable (not supplied)
NOTE:฀Use฀a฀Category฀5฀or฀higher
LAN฀cable.
NOTE:
•฀About฀the฀projector’s฀Ethernet/HDBaseT฀and฀LAN฀ports
The฀Ethernet/HDBaseT฀and฀LAN฀ports฀are฀the฀same,฀aside฀from฀the฀HDBaseT฀function.฀To฀connect฀to฀the฀LAN,฀use฀only฀1฀of฀the฀
ports฀(it฀is฀not฀possible฀to฀connect฀both฀ports฀to฀the฀LAN).
For฀controlling฀the฀projector฀by฀a฀HDBaseT฀transmitter฀whose฀control฀signal฀is฀not฀supported฀(or฀with฀which฀cannot฀connect฀the฀
projector)฀or฀over฀the฀network,฀connect฀to฀the฀LAN฀port.฀At฀the฀same฀time,฀for฀controlling฀the฀projector฀over฀the฀network฀that฀is฀
in฀the฀state฀of฀the฀NETWORK฀STANDBY฀On,฀connect฀to฀the฀LAN฀port.
background
83
5. Installation and Connections
Connecting to a Wireless LAN (Optional: NP05LM series)
The฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀also฀provides฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.To฀use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀
required฀to฀assign฀an฀IP฀address฀to฀the฀projector.
Important:฀
•฀If฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀with฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀in฀the฀area฀where฀the฀use฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀equipment฀is฀prohibited,฀remove฀
the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀from฀the฀projector.
•฀Buy฀the฀appropriate฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀for฀your฀country฀or฀area.
NOTE:฀
•฀Your฀computer’s฀wireless฀LAN฀adapter฀(or฀unit)฀must฀be฀complied฀with฀Wi-Fi฀(IEEE802.11a/b/g/n)฀standard.
Attaching the USB Wireless LAN Unit
NOTE:
•฀The฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀must฀be฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀port฀in฀the฀correct฀direction.฀It฀cannot฀be฀inserted฀
in฀the฀reverse฀direction.฀If฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀inserted฀in฀the฀reverse฀direction฀with฀excessive฀force฀applied,฀the฀USB฀
port฀may฀break.
•฀Before฀touching฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀touch฀a฀metallic฀object฀(such฀as฀a฀door฀knob฀or฀aluminum฀window฀frame)฀to฀discharge
the฀static฀electricity฀from฀your฀body.
•฀Always฀insert฀or฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀unit฀when฀the฀main฀power฀is฀turned฀off.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀cause฀projector฀
malfunction฀or฀damage฀to฀the฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit.฀If฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀work฀correctly,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀disconnect฀
the฀power฀cord,฀and฀then฀connect฀it฀again.
•฀Do฀not฀insert฀other฀USB฀devices฀into฀the฀USB฀(wireless฀LAN)฀port฀in฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀cover.฀Do฀not฀insert฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀
unit฀into฀the฀USB฀port.
NOTE:When฀the฀cable฀cover฀is฀attached,฀remove฀it฀before฀inserting฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit.
Prepare฀a฀Phillips฀screw฀driver฀beforehand.
1. Press the POWER button to turn off the projector and set it
into standby condition, and disconnect the power cord.
2. Remove the wireless LAN cover.
Turn฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀cover฀xing฀screw฀counterclockwise฀and฀
then฀take฀it฀off฀from฀the฀projector.
3. Insert the wireless LAN unit into the USB (wireless LAN) port.
NOTE:฀Do฀not฀force฀to฀insert฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit.
background
84
5. Installation and Connections
4. Mount the wireless LAN cover.
(1)฀Insert฀the฀hook฀on฀the฀back฀of฀the฀cover฀into฀the฀groove฀in฀the฀
projector and close the wireless LAN cover.
(2)฀Turn฀the฀screw฀clockwise฀to฀tighten฀it.
Groove
Hook
* To remove the USB Wireless LAN Unit, disconnect the power
cord and use the above procedure.
NOTE:฀
•฀Do฀not฀press฀the฀button฀on฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit.฀The฀button฀does฀
not฀work฀with฀this฀model.
background
85
5. Installation and Connections
Example of wireless LAN connection
To฀use฀a฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀required฀to฀set฀the฀Wireless฀LAN฀settings฀on฀the฀projector฀menu.฀Select฀[SETUP]฀
฀[INSTALLATION]฀฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS].฀(฀page฀58).
The฀network฀settings฀can฀also฀be฀selected฀from฀the฀APPS฀menu.
PC with wireless LAN card
inserted
PC with built-in wireless
LAN function
Wired LAN
Wireless access point
USB Wireless LAN Unit
background
86
5. Installation and Connections
Connecting to a HDBaseT transmission device (sold commercially)
HDBaseT฀is฀a฀connection฀standard฀for฀home฀appliances฀that฀is฀established฀by฀the฀HDBaseT฀Alliance.
Use฀a฀LAN฀cable฀sold฀commercially฀to฀connect฀the฀Ethernet฀/฀HDBaseT฀port฀of฀the฀projector฀(RJ-45)฀to฀a฀HDBaseT฀
transmission฀device฀sold฀commercially.
Control฀signals฀(serial฀and฀LAN)฀and฀remote฀control฀signals฀(IR฀commands)฀from฀an฀external฀device฀are฀only฀supported฀
when฀the฀projector’s฀power฀is฀turned฀on.
Connection example
Ethernet/HDBaseT
Computer (for control use) Computer (for output use)
Example of a transmission device
Remote control
HDMI฀output฀video฀device
NOTE:
•฀Please฀use฀a฀shielded฀twisted฀pair฀(STP)฀cable฀of฀Category฀5e฀or฀higher฀for฀the฀LAN฀cable฀(sold฀commercially).
•฀The฀maximum฀transmission฀distance฀over฀the฀LAN฀cable฀is฀100฀m.
•฀Please฀do฀not฀use฀other฀transmission฀devices฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀HDBaseT฀transmission฀device.฀The฀picture฀quality฀
may฀be฀deteriorated฀as฀a฀result.
•฀This฀projector฀is฀not฀guaranteed฀to฀work฀with฀all฀HDBaseT฀transmission฀devices฀sold฀commercially.
background
87
5. Installation and Connections
TIP:
•฀With฀the฀projector’s฀Ethernet/HDBaseT฀port,฀remote฀control฀is฀not฀available฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀(serial฀
communications฀is฀not฀available).฀(Remote฀control฀becomes฀available฀when฀the฀projector’s฀power฀is฀on).฀The฀2฀(two)฀methods฀
below฀can฀be฀used฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀projector’s฀power฀when฀it฀is฀in฀standby฀mode.
1.฀The฀projector฀can฀be฀operated฀by฀connecting฀the฀computer฀and฀projector฀to฀the฀network฀(on฀the฀projector,฀using฀the฀LAN฀port฀
and฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀application฀with฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀set฀to฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀(฀page฀101).
Ethernet/HDBaseT
DC IN
HDBaseT
Computer (for projector control)
Computer (for output)
Example of a transmitter
Switching hub, etc.
Video฀device฀with฀HDMI฀output
2.฀The฀projector฀can฀be฀operated฀by฀RS232C฀serial฀communication฀(On฀this฀projector,฀use฀the฀PC฀CONTROL฀terminal฀and฀the฀
application฀software,฀PC฀Control฀Utility,฀and฀select฀[PC฀CONTROL]฀for฀the฀[SERIAL฀PORT])฀with฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀set฀to฀
[NETWORK฀STANDBY].
background
88
6. APPS MENU
What can you do with the APPS MENU?
It฀becomes฀available฀to฀select฀the฀expansion฀functions฀indicated฀in฀below฀and฀various฀setting฀with฀the฀APPS฀MENU.
For฀displaying฀the฀APPS฀MENU,฀press฀the฀APPS฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀or฀select฀[APPS]฀as฀the฀[SOURCE]฀on฀the฀
onscreen฀menu.
INFORMATION
Detailed฀information฀about฀each฀function฀on฀the฀APPS฀MENU฀is฀explained฀on฀our฀web฀site.฀Please฀search฀it฀by฀the฀
model฀name฀of฀your฀projector.
http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/pj_manual/lineup.html
APPS MENU screen display
Current date and time
Important:
Before utilizing the func-
tion of APPS MENU, set
day and time.
IMAGE฀EXPRESS฀UTIL-
ITY
Miracast
NETWORK฀INFORMA-
TION
REMOTE DESKTOP
CONNECTION
VIEWER
FOCUS
Indicating฀the฀selected฀
item.
Surrounded in a yellow
square.
Wireless LAN profile
selection
NETWORK฀SETTINGS
TOOLS
WEB฀SHARING฀SET-
TING/DISPLAYING฀AC-
CESS PASSWORD
NOTE:
•฀When฀this฀projector฀is฀not฀in฀a฀network,฀you฀cannot฀select฀[REMOTE฀DESKTOP฀CONNECTION],฀[IMAGE฀EXPRESS฀UTILIITY],฀
[Miracast],฀and฀[WEB฀SHARING].
background
89
6. APPS MENU
VIEWER
Select฀the฀saved฀images/movies฀and฀project฀them฀by฀the฀projector.This฀function฀is฀available฀for฀explained฀below:
(1)฀Projector฀Memory:Images฀and฀movies฀temporarily฀saved฀in฀the฀projector’s฀built-in฀memory฀utilizing฀the฀WEB฀
SHARING.
(2)฀USB฀Memory:฀Images฀and฀movies฀saved฀in฀the฀USB฀memory฀connected฀with฀the฀projector.
(3)฀Common฀Folder:฀Images฀and฀movies฀saved฀in฀the฀common฀folder฀in฀a฀network฀connected฀with฀the฀projector.
REMOTE DESKTOP CONNECTION
•฀Select฀the฀computer฀connected฀in฀the฀same฀network฀with฀the฀projector,฀and฀the฀projector฀projects฀the฀images฀on฀
the฀computer฀over฀the฀network.
A฀commercially฀available฀USB฀keyboard฀can฀be฀used฀for฀controlling฀Windows฀8฀and฀Windows฀7฀computers฀connected฀
in฀the฀network฀with฀the฀projector.
IMAGE EXPRESS UTILITY
•฀If฀various฀terminal฀units฀such฀as฀a฀computer,฀a฀smartphone,฀and฀a฀tablet฀are฀connected฀with฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀
network,฀it฀enables฀to฀transmit฀images฀saved฀on฀each฀terminal฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀to฀project฀them.
•฀You฀can฀connect฀terminal฀units฀in฀multiple฀OS฀(Windows,฀OS฀X,฀Android,฀and฀iOS)฀with฀the฀projector฀simultaneously.
•฀The฀projector฀receives฀images฀transmitted฀from฀multiple฀terminal฀units฀(Max.50฀units)฀and฀projects฀them฀on฀the฀
screen฀dividing฀it฀(Max.฀4฀×฀4)฀at฀the฀same฀time.
BA
C
D
E
AB
CD
Transmit Stop
Simultaneous connection
Simultaneous display
•฀Install฀the฀application฀software฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”,฀included฀in฀the฀CD-ROM฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector฀on฀
computers.฀(฀page฀94, 97)
•฀For฀a฀smartphone฀and฀a฀tablet,฀download฀the฀application฀“Wireless฀Image฀Utility”฀from฀our฀web฀site฀and฀install฀it฀on฀
these.฀(฀page฀112)
Miracast
By฀wirelessly฀connecting฀the฀terminal฀units฀supporting฀the฀Miracast฀such฀as฀the฀Android฀with฀the฀projector,฀it฀enables฀
the฀projector฀to฀project฀images฀transmitted฀from฀these฀terminals.
Before฀connecting฀these฀terminal฀units,฀set฀[Miracast]฀in฀the฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀on฀the฀projector.
background
90
6. APPS MENU
WEB SERVER FUNCTION
WEB SHARING
Without฀using฀the฀exclusive฀software,฀it฀enables฀to฀share฀images฀and฀les฀among฀the฀projector฀and฀computers฀in฀the฀
same฀network฀by฀accessing฀the฀web฀server฀of฀the฀projector฀utilizing฀the฀web฀browser.
BACDE
Sharing files
IMAGE EXPRESS UTILITY LITE
It฀enables฀to฀control฀screen฀splitting฀pattern฀and฀displaying฀position฀of฀the฀images฀that฀are฀simultaneously฀transmit-
ted฀from฀each฀terminal฀utilizing฀the฀application฀software,฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀or฀Wireless฀Image฀Utility,฀on฀the฀
computer฀browser฀screen.Precise฀controls฀as฀changing฀number฀of฀screen฀portions฀and฀pages฀to฀display฀are฀available.
PROJECTOR CONTROL
It฀enables฀to฀control฀the฀projector฀on฀the฀web฀browser฀screens฀on฀the฀computers.
HOW฀TO฀ACCESS฀THE฀WEB฀SERVER
Connect฀the฀projector฀and฀computers฀in฀a฀network฀and฀access฀the฀URL฀in฀below฀by฀the฀web฀browser฀of฀the฀computers.
URL:฀http://<IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector>
NETWORK SETTINGS
Set฀up฀below฀for฀connecting฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀wired/wireless฀LAN.
PROJECTOR NAME
Set฀up฀the฀projector฀name฀and฀host฀name.฀Serial฀number฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀set฀as฀factory฀default.
NETWORK INFORMATION
Indicate฀information฀when฀the฀projector฀has฀connected฀in฀a฀network฀(by฀a฀wired/wireless฀LAN)
WIRED LAN
Set฀up฀for฀connecting฀the฀projector฀by฀a฀wired฀LAN.
WIRELESS LAN
Set฀up฀for฀connecting฀the฀projector฀by฀a฀wireless฀LAN.At฀the฀same฀time,฀set฀up฀for฀the฀SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT,฀
Wi-Fi฀Direct,฀and฀Miracast.
IMAGE EXPRESS UTILITY
Set฀up฀the฀MODE฀(FREE,฀MANAGED)฀for฀the฀IMAGE฀EXPRESS฀UTILITY.
It฀also฀available฀for฀setting฀up฀a฀password฀to฀log฀in฀the฀ADMINISTRATOR฀MODE฀for฀the฀IMAGE฀EXPRESS฀UTILITY฀
in฀the฀WEB฀SERVER฀functions.
NETWORK฀SERVICE
Set฀up฀various฀setting฀for฀the฀AMX,฀HTTP฀server,฀PJLink,฀Alert฀mail฀and฀CRESTRON.
background
91
6. APPS MENU
TOOLS
Set฀up฀for฀various฀features฀as฀the฀mouse,฀program฀timer,฀day฀and฀time,฀administrator฀mode฀and฀default฀APP.
MOUSE
A฀commercially฀available฀USB฀mouse฀can฀be฀used฀for฀operating฀the฀APPS฀MENU.฀Perform฀the฀set฀up฀for฀using฀it.
PROGRAM TIMER
Once฀day฀and฀time฀is฀set฀up,฀changing฀the฀projector’s฀condition฀in฀powering฀ON/standby,฀switching฀input฀signals,฀and฀
switching฀ECO฀mode฀can฀be฀automatically฀performed.
DATE AND TIME
Determine฀time฀zone฀and฀summer฀time฀of฀your฀area฀and฀set฀up฀current฀date฀and฀time.
ADMINISTRATOR MODE
Selecting฀the฀menu฀mode฀of฀the฀projector,฀enable/disable฀to฀save฀all฀set฀up฀values฀of฀the฀projector,฀and฀set฀up฀a฀
password฀for฀the฀administrator฀mode.
DEFAULT APP
When฀a฀terminal฀other฀than฀the฀“APPS”terminal฀is฀selected฀and฀you฀switch฀to฀the฀“APPS”terminal,฀the฀function฀se-
lected฀as฀the฀default฀application฀is฀launched฀automatically.
When฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀in฀the฀condition฀of฀being฀selected฀the฀“APPS”฀terminal,฀the฀application฀selected฀in฀the฀
[DEFAULT฀APP]฀will฀be฀started฀automatically.
background
92
7. User Supportware
Software Included on CD-ROM
Names฀and฀Features฀of฀Bundled฀Software฀Programs
Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀
Mac
•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀project฀your฀computer’s฀screen฀over฀the฀
wired/wireless฀network.฀The฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀is฀not฀required.฀(฀page฀
93)
•฀This฀software฀program฀can฀be฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀
selection฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer.
•฀The฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀distortion฀
of฀images฀projected฀on฀a฀curved฀wall.฀(฀page฀98)
*฀“GCT”฀function฀is฀not฀supported฀by฀Mac.
Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures
PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4
PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀(for฀Mac฀
OS)
This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀operate฀the฀projector฀from฀the฀computer฀when
the฀computer฀and฀the฀projector฀are฀connected฀with฀LAN฀(wired฀or฀wireless)฀or฀
a฀serial฀cable.฀(฀page฀
101)
Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures
Virtual฀Remote฀Tool
(Windows฀only)
This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀selec-
tion฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer฀by฀using฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀
(VGA)฀and฀others.฀(฀page฀
106)
Only฀via฀serial฀connection฀it฀is฀also฀used฀to฀send฀an฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀
register฀it฀as฀the฀logo฀data฀of฀the฀projector.฀After฀registering฀it,฀you฀can฀lock฀the฀
logo฀to฀prevent฀it฀from฀changing.
NOTE:
•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀does฀not฀support฀“Meeting฀Mode”฀in฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀2.0฀supplied฀with฀our฀other฀models.
Download Service and Operating Environment
Please฀visit฀our฀website฀about฀operating฀environment฀and฀download฀service฀for฀each฀software:
Visit฀URL:http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html
Download฀-฀Projector฀฀Software฀&฀Driver
Name and Features of an application for Android / iOS.
Name฀of฀application:
Wireless฀Image฀Utility฀(Android฀/฀iOS)
Features:
By฀connecting฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀smartphone,฀it฀enables฀to฀transfer฀photos฀and฀documents฀saved฀on฀the฀smartphone฀
and฀project฀these฀on฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀112)
*฀Wireless฀Image฀Utility฀is฀not฀contained฀in฀the฀supplied฀CD-ROM.
background
93
7. User Supportware
Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the
Projector over a LAN (Image Express Utility Lite)
Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀computer’s฀
screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀is฀a฀program฀compatible฀with฀Windows.
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀Mac฀is฀a฀program฀compatible฀with฀OS฀X.฀(฀page฀
97)
This฀section฀will฀show฀you฀an฀outline฀about฀how฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN฀and฀to฀use฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀
Lite.฀For฀the฀operation฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀see฀the฀help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.
Step฀1:฀install฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀the฀computer.
Step฀2:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN.
Step฀3:฀Start฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.
TIP:
•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀(for฀Windows)฀can฀be฀started฀from฀most฀commercially฀available฀removable฀media฀such฀as฀USB฀memory฀
devices฀or฀SD฀cards฀without฀the฀need฀to฀install฀on฀your฀computer.฀(฀page฀
96)
What You can Do with Image Express Utility Lite
Image฀transmission฀(for฀Windows฀and฀OS฀X)
•฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀network฀without฀a฀computer฀cable฀
(VGA).
Audio฀transfer฀capability฀(for฀Windows฀only)
•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀computer's฀screen฀image฀and฀audio฀to฀the฀projector฀over฀wired/
wireless฀LAN฀connection.
•฀Audio฀transfer฀capability฀is฀available฀only฀when฀the฀computer฀connects฀with฀the฀projector฀in฀peer-to-peer฀network.
Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀[GCT]฀(for฀Windows฀only)
See฀฀Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀in฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite)”.฀(฀page฀
98)
background
94
7. User Supportware
Using on Windows
Step 1: install Image Express Utility Lite on the computer.
NOTE:
•฀To฀install฀or฀uninstall฀the฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege.฀
•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installation.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀completed.฀
•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀be฀installed฀to฀the฀system฀drive฀of฀your฀computer.
If฀the฀message฀“There฀is฀not฀enough฀free฀space฀on฀destination”฀is฀displayed,฀free฀up฀enough฀space฀(about฀100฀MB)฀to฀install฀the฀
program.
1.Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.
The menu window will be displayed.
TIP:
If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.
For฀Windows฀7:
1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.
2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”“Accessories”“Run”.
3.Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”in฀“Name”.(example:Q:\LAUNCH
-
ER.EXE)
4.Click฀“OK”.
The menu window will be displayed.
2.Click฀“Installing฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀on฀the฀menu฀window.
The installation will start.
“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀carefully฀
3.If฀you฀agree,฀click฀“I฀agree.฀and฀then฀click฀“Next”.
•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.
•฀When฀the฀installation฀is฀complete,฀you฀will฀return฀to฀the฀menu฀window.
When the installation is complete, a completion message will be displayed.
4.Click฀“OK”.
This completes the installation.
TIP:
•฀Uninstalling฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite
To฀uninstall฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀do฀the฀same฀procedures฀stated฀as฀in฀“Uninstalling฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀Read฀“Virtual฀Remote฀
Tool”฀as฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀(฀page฀
109)
background
95
7. User Supportware
Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN.
Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(page฀
82)฀and฀“Con-
necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP05LM฀series)”฀(฀page฀83).
Step 3: Start Image Express Utility Lite.
1.On฀Windows,click฀“Start”“All฀programs”“NEC฀Projector฀UserSupportware”“Image฀Express฀Utility฀
Lite”“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”.
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀start.
The฀select฀window฀for฀network฀connection฀will฀be฀displayed
2.Select฀Network฀and฀click฀“OK”.
The select window for destination will show a list of connectable projectors.
•฀When฀connecting฀the฀computer฀directly฀to฀the฀projector฀by฀one-to-one,฀“Simple฀Access฀Point”฀is฀recommended.
•฀To฀check฀for฀the฀network฀available฀for฀connected฀projectors,฀from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[INFO.]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀
฀[SSID].
3.Place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀projectors฀to฀be฀connected,฀and฀then฀click฀“Connect”.
•฀When฀one฀or฀more฀projectors฀are฀displayed,฀from฀the฀menu฀on฀the฀projector,฀select฀[INFO.]฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀
฀[IP฀ADDRESS].
When฀connected฀to฀the฀projector,฀the฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀control฀window฀appears฀at฀the฀top฀of฀the฀screen.
The computer can be controlled by operating the control window.
4. Operate the control window.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)(7)
(1) (Streaming) .....Display the movie streaming window when the projector supports the movie streaming function. If the
projector does not support the movie streaming function, this icon remains in inactive.
(2)
(Source) ..........Selects an input source of the projector.
(3)
(Picture) ..........Turns on or off AV-MUTE (Picture mute), FREEZE (Freeze a picture), display, and GCT (geometric cor-
rection tool). Refer to page 98 about GCT.
(4)
(Sound) ...........Turns on or off AV-MUTE (Sound mute), play the sound and control the volume.
(5)
(Others) ...........Uses for “Update”, “HTTP Server”, “Settings” and “Information”.
(6)
(Project) ..........Enables to change screen size for presentation, menu indication (hide/indicate), interruption prohibition/
accept interruption.
It also enables to power off the projector.
(7)
(Help) ..................Displays the help of Image Express Utility Lite.
NOTE:
•฀When฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀that฀is฀turned฀off฀will฀not฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀
select฀window฀for฀destination
background
96
7. User Supportware
TIP:
Viewing฀the฀“Help”฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite
•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀while฀it฀is฀running.
Click฀the฀[?]฀(help)฀icon฀on฀the฀control฀window.
The Help screen will be displayed.
•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀GCT฀while฀it฀is฀running.
Click฀“Help”฀“Help”฀on฀the฀edit฀window.
The Help screen will be displayed.
•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.
Click฀“Start”฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀
“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀Help”.
The Help screen will be displayed.
Starting Image Express Utility Lite from a USB Memory or SD Card
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀can฀be฀started฀from฀commercially฀available฀removable฀media฀such฀USB฀memory฀or฀SD฀
cards฀if฀it฀is฀copied฀beforehand.This฀will฀eliminate฀the฀trouble฀of฀installing฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀to฀your฀computer.
1.Copy฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀to฀removable฀media.
Copy฀all฀the฀folders฀and฀les฀(total฀size฀approx.฀7฀MB)฀from฀the฀“IEU_Lite฀(removable-media)”฀folder฀in฀the฀supplied฀
NEC Projector CD-ROM to the root directory of your removable media.
2. Insert your removable media into your computer.
The฀“AutoPlay”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀your฀computer.
TIP:฀
•฀If฀the฀“AutoPlay”฀screen฀is฀not฀displayed,฀open฀the฀folder฀from฀“Computer”฀(“My฀Computer”฀for฀Windows฀XP).
3.Click฀“Open฀folder฀to฀view฀les”
The฀IEU_Lite.exe,฀other฀folder,฀and฀les฀will฀be฀displayed.
4.Double-click฀the฀“IEU_Lite.exe”฀(฀
) icon.
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀start.
background
97
7. User Supportware
Using on Mac
Step 1: Install Image Express Utility Lite for Mac on the computer
1.Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀in฀your฀Mac฀CD-ROM฀drive.
The฀CD-ROM฀icon฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀desktop.
2.Double-click฀the฀CD-ROM฀icon.
The CD-ROM window will be displayed.
3.Double-click฀the฀“Mac฀OS฀X”฀folder.
4.Double-click฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.dmg”.
The฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.
5.Drag฀and฀drop฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀folder฀to฀your฀Applications฀folder฀on฀OS฀X.
Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN
Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(page฀
82)฀and฀“Con-
necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP05LM฀series)”฀(฀page฀83).
Step 3: Start Image Express Utility Lite for Mac
1. Open your Applications folder on OS X.
2.Double-click฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀folder.
3.Double-click฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀icon.
When฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀Mac฀starts,฀the฀select฀window฀for฀destination฀will฀be฀displayed.
•฀At฀the฀rst฀time฀of฀startup,฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”screen฀will฀be฀displayed฀before฀the฀select฀
window for destination is displayed.
Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀and฀select฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”,฀and฀click฀
“OK”.
4.Select฀a฀projector฀to฀be฀connected,฀and฀then฀click฀“Connect”.
Your฀desktop฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀projector.
TIP:
Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀Mac฀
•฀From฀the฀menu฀bar,฀click฀“Help”“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀Help”฀while฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀for฀Mac฀is฀
running.
The Help screen will be displayed
Uninstalling a software program
1.Put฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀folder฀to฀the฀Trash฀icon.
2. Put the configuration file of Image Express Utility Lite for Mac to the Trash icon.
•฀The฀conguration฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀Mac฀is฀located฀in฀“/Users/<your฀user฀name>/Library/Prefer-
ences/jp.necds.Image_Express_Utility_Lite.plist”.
background
98
7. User Supportware
Projecting an Image from an Angle (Geometric Correction
Tool in Image Express Utility Lite)
The฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀distortion฀of฀images฀projected฀even฀from฀an฀angle.
What you can do with GCT
•฀The฀GCT฀feature฀includes฀the฀following฀three฀functions
•฀4-point฀Correction:You฀can฀t฀a฀projected฀image฀within฀the฀border฀of฀the฀screen฀easily฀by฀align฀the฀four฀corners฀
of฀an฀image฀to฀the฀ones฀of฀the฀screen.
•฀Multi-point Correction:You฀can฀correct฀a฀distorted฀image฀on฀the฀corner฀of฀a฀wall฀or฀irregular฀shaped฀screen฀
by฀using฀many฀separated฀screens฀to฀correct฀the฀image฀as฀well฀as฀4-point฀Correction.
•฀Parameters Correction:You฀can฀correct฀a฀distorted฀image฀by฀using฀a฀combination฀of฀transformational฀rules฀
prepared฀in฀advance.
This฀section฀will฀show฀an฀example฀for฀use฀with฀4-point฀Correction.
For฀information฀about฀“Multi-point฀Correction”฀and฀“Parameters฀Correction”,฀see฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀
Utility฀Lite.฀(฀page฀
96, 97)฀
•฀Your฀correction฀data฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀the฀projector฀or฀your฀computer฀which฀can฀be฀restored฀when฀necessary.
•฀The฀GCT฀function฀is฀available฀with฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀and฀video฀cable.
Projecting an Image from an Angle (GCT)
Install฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀the฀computer฀and฀launch฀it฀to฀display฀the฀control฀window.฀(฀page฀94, 95)
Preparation:฀Adjust฀the฀projector฀position฀or฀the฀zoom฀so฀that฀the฀projected฀image฀can฀cover฀the฀whole฀screen฀area.
1.Click฀the฀“฀
฀”฀(Others)฀icon฀and฀then฀the฀“฀฀”฀(Options)฀
button.
Options window will be displayed.
2.Click฀the฀check฀box฀“Use฀the฀multiple฀connection฀feature”and฀
then clear the check mark.
3.Click฀the฀“OK”฀button.
background
99
7. User Supportware
4.Click฀the฀”(Projection)฀icon฀and฀then฀the฀“฀”(Exit)฀
button.
5.Click฀“Yes”.
6. Start the Image Express Utility Lite again.
7.Click฀the฀“฀฀”฀(Picture)฀icon฀and฀then฀the฀“฀฀”฀button.
The฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.
8.Click฀the฀“Start฀Correction”button฀and฀then฀“Start฀4-point฀
Correction”฀button.
A green frame and a mouse pointer ( ) will be displayed.
•฀Four฀[฀]฀marks฀will฀be฀appeared฀at฀four฀corners฀of฀the฀green฀
frame
9.Use฀the฀mouse฀to฀click฀the฀[฀]฀mark฀of฀which฀corner฀you฀wish฀
to move.
The currently selected [
฀]฀mark฀will฀turn฀red.
(In฀the฀above฀example,฀Windows฀screens฀are฀omitted฀for฀clarication.)
background
100
7. User Supportware
10
.Drag฀the฀selected฀[฀฀]฀mark฀to฀the฀point฀you฀wish฀to฀correct฀
and drop it.
•฀When฀you฀click฀somewhere฀within฀the฀project฀image฀area,฀the฀
nearest [ ฀]฀mark฀will฀go฀to฀the฀position฀where฀the฀mouse฀cur-
sor is.
11
. Repeat Step 9 and 10 to correct the distortion of the projected
image.
12
. After completing, right-click the mouse.
The green frame and the mouse pointer will disappear from the
projected image area. This will complete the correction.
13
.Click฀the฀“X”(close)฀button฀on฀the฀“4-point฀Correction”window.
The฀“4-point฀Correction”window฀will฀disappear฀and฀the฀4-point฀
correction฀will฀take฀effect.
14
.Click฀the฀“฀button฀on฀the฀control฀window฀to฀exit฀the฀GCT.
TIP:
•฀After฀performing฀the฀4-point฀correction,฀you฀can฀save฀the฀4-point฀correction฀data฀to฀the฀projector฀by฀clicking฀“File”฀“Export฀to฀
the฀projector…”฀on฀the฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window.
•฀See฀the฀Help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀operating฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window฀and฀other฀functions฀than฀GCT.฀(฀page฀
96,฀
97)
background
101
7. User Supportware
Controlling the Projector over a LAN (PC Control Utility Pro 4/
Pro 5)
Using฀the฀utility฀software฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”and฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀included฀on฀the฀companion฀NEC฀
Projector฀CD-ROM,฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀over฀a฀LAN.
PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀is฀a฀program฀compatible฀with฀Windows.฀(฀this฀page)
PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀is฀a฀program฀compatible฀with฀Mac฀OS.฀(฀page฀104)
Control Functions
Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀audio฀mute,฀adjusting,฀error฀message฀notication,฀
event฀schedule.
Screen฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4
This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5.For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀
PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5,฀see฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5.฀(฀page฀
103, 105)
Step฀1:฀Install฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5฀on฀the฀computer.
Step฀2:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN.
Step฀3:฀Start฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5.
•฀To฀run฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀on฀Windows฀8.1,฀Windows฀8฀and฀Windows฀XP,฀“Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀
2.0”is฀required.The฀Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0,฀3.0฀or฀3.5฀is฀available฀from฀Microsoft’s฀web฀page.
Download฀and฀install฀it฀on฀your฀computer.
TIP:
•฀With฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4,฀control฀is฀also฀possible฀by฀RS-232C฀serial฀communications฀connected฀to฀the฀projector’s฀PC฀CONTROL฀
terminal.
Using on Windows
Step 1: Install PC Control Utility Pro 4 on the computer
NOTE:
•฀To฀install฀or฀uninstall฀the฀program,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀[Administrator]฀privilege.
•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installation.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀completed.
1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.
The menu window will be displayed.
background
102
7. User Supportware
TIP:
If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.
For฀Windows฀7:
1.Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.
2.Click฀“All฀Programs”“Accessories”“Run”.
3.Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”in฀“Name”.(example:Q:\
LAUNCHER.EXE)
4.Click฀“OK”.
The menu window will be displayed.
2฀Click฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀on฀the฀menu฀window.
The installation will start.
When the installation is complete, the Welcome window will be displayed.
3฀Click฀“Next”.
“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀carefully.
4฀If฀you฀agree,฀click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”฀and฀then฀click฀“Next”.
•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.
•฀When฀the฀installation฀is฀complete,฀you฀will฀return฀to฀the฀menu฀window.
TIP:
•฀Uninstalling฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4
To฀uninstall฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4,฀do฀the฀same฀procedures฀stated฀as฀in฀“Uninstalling฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”.฀Read฀“Virtual฀Remote฀
Tool”฀as฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀(฀page฀
109)
background
103
7. User Supportware
Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN.
Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(page฀
82)฀and฀“Con-
necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP05LM฀series)”฀(฀page฀83).
Step 3: Start PC Control Utility Pro 4
Click฀“Start”฀“All฀programs”or฀“Programs”฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”
“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”.
NOTE:฀
•฀For฀the฀Schedule฀function฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀utility฀Pro฀4฀to฀work,฀you฀must฀have฀your฀computer฀running฀and฀not฀in฀standby/
sleep฀mode.฀Select฀“Power฀Options”฀from฀the฀“Control฀Panel”฀in฀Windows฀and฀disable฀its฀standby/sleep฀mode฀before฀running฀the฀
scheduler.
[Example]฀For฀Windows฀7:
Select฀“Control฀Panel”฀“System฀and฀Security”฀“Power฀Options”฀“Change฀when฀the฀computer฀sleeps”฀“Put฀the฀computer฀
to฀sleep”฀฀“Never”.฀
NOTE:฀
•฀When฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀network฀(wired฀LAN/
wireless฀LAN)฀connection.
TIP:
Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4
•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀while฀it฀is฀running.
Click฀“Help฀(H)”฀“Help฀(H)฀…”฀of฀window฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀in฀this฀order.
The pop-up menu will be displayed.
•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.
Click฀“Start”฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”
“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀Help”.
The Help screen will be displayed.
background
104
7. User Supportware
Using on Mac
Step 1: Install PC Control Utility Pro 5 on the computer
1.Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀in฀your฀Mac฀CD-ROM฀drive.
The฀CD-ROM฀icon฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀desktop.
2.Double-click฀the฀CD-ROM฀icon.
The CD-ROM window will be displayed.
3.Double-click฀the฀“Mac฀OS฀X”฀folder.
4.Double-click฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5.pkg”.
The installer will start.
5.Click฀“Next”.
“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
6.Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀and฀click฀“Next”.
The confirmation window will be displayed
7.Click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”.
Follow the instructions on the installer screens to complete the installation.
Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN
Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”฀(page฀
82)฀and฀“Con-
necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP05LM฀series)”฀(฀page฀83).
Step 3: Start PC Control Utility Pro 5
1. Open your Applications folder in OS X.
2.Click฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀folder.
3.Click฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀icon.
PC Control Utility Pro 5 will start.
NOTE:฀
•฀For฀the฀Schedule฀function฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀utility฀Pro฀5฀to฀work,฀you฀must฀have฀your฀computer฀running฀and฀not฀in฀sleep฀mode.฀
Select฀“Energy฀Saver”฀from฀the฀“System฀Preferences”฀in฀Mac฀and฀disable฀its฀sleep฀mode฀before฀running฀the฀scheduler.
•฀When฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀network฀(wired฀LAN/
wireless฀LAN)฀connection.
background
105
7. User Supportware
TIP:
Uninstalling a software program
1.Put฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀folder฀to฀the฀Trash฀icon.
2.Put฀the฀conguration฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀to฀the฀Trash฀icon.
•฀The฀conguration฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀is฀located฀in฀“/Users/<your฀user฀name>/Application฀Data/NEC฀
Projector฀User฀Supportware/PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”.
Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5
•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀while฀it฀is฀running.
•฀From฀the฀menu฀bar,฀click฀“Help”“Help”฀in฀this฀order.
The Help screen will be displayed.
•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀using฀the฀Dock฀
1.Open฀“Application”฀folder฀in฀OS฀X.
2.Click฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀folder.
3.Click฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀Help”฀icon.
The Help screen will be displayed.
background
106
7. User Supportware
Using the Computer Cable (VGA) to Operate the
Projector (Virtual Remote Tool)
Using฀the฀utility฀software฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”฀included฀on฀the฀companion฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM,฀Virtual฀Remote฀
screen฀(or฀toolbar)฀can฀be฀displayed฀on฀your฀computer฀screen.
This฀will฀help฀you฀perform฀operations฀such฀as฀projector’s฀power฀on฀or฀off฀and฀signal฀selection฀via฀the฀computer฀cable฀
(VGA),฀serial฀cable,฀or฀LAN฀connection.Only฀via฀serial฀connection฀it฀is฀also฀used฀to฀send฀an฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀
and฀register฀it฀as฀the฀logo฀data฀of฀the฀projector.฀After฀registering฀it,฀you฀can฀lock฀the฀logo฀to฀prevent฀it฀from฀changing.
Control Functions
Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀audio฀mute,฀Logo฀transfer฀to฀the฀projector,฀and฀remote฀
control฀operation฀on฀your฀PC.
Virtual฀Remote฀screenToolbar
This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.
For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀see฀Help฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀(฀page฀
111)
Step฀1:฀Install฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀on฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀107)
Step฀2:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀109)
Step฀3:฀Start฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀(฀page฀110)
TIP:
•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀can฀be฀used฀with฀a฀LAN฀and฀a฀serial฀connection.฀USB฀connection฀is฀not฀supported฀by฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.
•฀For฀update฀information฀on฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀visit฀our฀website:฀
http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html
background
107
7. User Supportware
NOTE:
•฀When฀[COMPUTER]฀is฀selected฀from฀your฀source฀selection,฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀screen฀or฀the฀toolbar฀will฀be฀displayed฀as฀well฀as฀
your฀computer฀screen.
•฀Use฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀to฀connect฀the฀COMPUTER฀IN฀terminal฀directly฀with฀the฀monitor฀output฀terminal฀of฀the฀
computer฀to฀use฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.
Using฀a฀switcher฀or฀other฀cables฀than฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀may฀cause฀failure฀in฀signal฀communication.
VGA฀cable฀terminal:
Pin฀Nos.฀12฀and฀15฀are฀required฀for฀DDC/CI.
•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀may฀not฀work฀depending฀on฀your฀computer’s฀specications฀and฀version฀of฀graphic฀adapters฀or฀drivers.
•฀To฀run฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀on฀Windows฀8.1฀and฀Windows฀8,฀“Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0”฀is฀required.฀The฀Microsoft฀
.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0,฀3.0฀or฀3.5฀is฀available฀from฀Microsoft’s฀web฀page.฀Download฀and฀install฀it฀on฀your฀computer.
•฀Logo฀data฀(graphics)฀that฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀with฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀has฀the฀following฀restrictions:฀
(Only฀via฀serial฀connection)
-฀File฀size:฀Less฀than฀768฀KB
-฀Image฀size฀(resolution):฀
P502H/P452H:฀Horizontal฀1920฀×฀vertical฀1080฀dots฀or฀less
P502W/P452W:฀Horizontal฀1280฀×฀vertical฀800฀dots฀or฀less
•฀To฀put฀the฀default฀“NEC฀logo”฀back฀in฀the฀background฀logo,฀you฀need฀to฀register฀it฀as฀the฀background฀logo฀by฀using฀the฀image฀le฀
(P502H/P452H:฀/Logo/NEC_logo2015_1920x1080.bmp,฀P502W/P452W:฀/Logo/NEC_logo2015_1280x800.bmp)฀inclulded฀on฀the฀
supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.
TIP:
•฀The฀projector’s฀COMPUTER฀IN฀terminal฀supports฀DDC/CI฀(Display฀Data฀Channel฀Command฀Interface).฀DDC/CI฀is฀a฀standard฀
interface฀for฀bidirectional฀communication฀between฀display/projector฀and฀computer.
•฀With฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀control฀is฀possible฀with฀both฀network฀(wired/wireless฀LAN)฀and฀serial฀connections.
Step 1: Install Virtual Remote Tool on the computer
NOTE:
•฀To฀install฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀“Administrator”฀privilege.฀
•฀Exit฀all฀running฀programs฀before฀installing฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀If฀another฀program฀is฀running,฀the฀installation฀may฀not฀be฀com-
pleted.฀
1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.
The menu window will be displayed.
TIP:
If฀the฀menu฀window฀will฀not฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following฀procedure.
For฀Windows฀7
1.Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.
2.Click฀“All฀Programs”“Accessories”“Run”.
3.Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:“Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”in฀“Name”.(example:Q:\
LAUNCHER.EXE)
4.Click฀“OK”.
The menu window will be displayed.
background
108
7. User Supportware
2฀Click฀“Install฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”฀on฀the฀menu฀window.
The installation will start.
When the installation is complete, the Welcome window will be displayed.
3฀Click฀“Next”.
“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀carefully.
4฀If฀you฀agree,฀click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”฀and฀then฀click฀“Next”.
•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.
•฀When฀the฀installation฀is฀complete,฀you฀will฀return฀to฀the฀menu฀window.
background
109
7. User Supportware
TIP:
Uninstalling฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool
Preparation:
Exit฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀before฀uninstalling.฀To฀uninstall฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀
“Administrator”privilege฀(Windows฀8.1,฀Windows฀8,฀Windows฀7฀and฀Windows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”
privilege฀(Windows฀XP).
•฀For฀Windows฀8.1,Windows฀8,Windows฀7฀and฀Windows฀Vista
1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.
The Control Panel window will be displayed.
2฀Click฀“Uninstall฀a฀program”฀under฀“Programs”
The฀“Programs฀and฀Features”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.
3฀Select฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀and฀click฀it.
4฀Click฀“Uninstall/Change”฀or฀“Uninstall”.
•฀When฀the฀“User฀Account฀Control”฀windows฀is฀displayed,฀click฀“Continue”.
Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.
Step 2: Connect the projector to the computer
1฀Use฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀to฀connect฀the฀COMPUTER฀IN฀terminal฀of฀the฀projector฀directly฀
with the monitor output terminal of the computer.
2฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀AC฀IN฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀wall฀outlet.
The projector is in the standby condition.
COMPUTER IN
AC฀Input
Supplied computer cable (VGA)
To wall outlet
Power cord (supplied)
TIP:
•฀When฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀starts฀for฀the฀rst฀time,฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed฀to฀navigate฀your฀connections.
background
110
7. User Supportware
Step 3: Start Virtual Remote Tool
Start using the shortcut icon
•฀Double-click฀the฀shortcut฀icon฀
on the Windows Desktop.
Start from the Start menu
•฀Click฀[Start]฀[All฀Programs]฀or฀[Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool]฀
฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool].
When฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀starts฀for฀the฀rst฀time,฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.
Follow the instructions on the screens
When฀“Easy฀Setup”฀is฀completed,฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
NOTE:
•฀When฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀be฀turned฀on฀via฀the฀computer฀cable฀
(VGA)฀or฀network฀(wired฀LAN/wireless฀LAN)฀connection.
TIP:
•฀The฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀screen฀(or฀Toolbar)฀can฀be฀displayed฀without฀displaying฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window.
To฀do฀so,฀click฀to฀place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀“฀฀Do฀not฀use฀Easy฀Setup฀next฀time”฀on฀the฀screen฀at฀Step฀6฀in฀“Easy฀Setup”.
background
111
7. User Supportware
Exiting฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool
1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀ on the Taskbar.
The pop-up menu will be displayed.
2฀Click฀“Exit”.
The Virtual Remote Tool will be closed.
Viewing฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool
•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀taskbar
1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀
฀on฀the฀taskbar฀when฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀is฀running.
The pop-up menu will be displayed.
2.Click฀“Help”.
The Help screen will be displayed.
•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.
1.Click฀“Start”฀“All฀programs”or฀“Programs”“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀“Virtual฀Remote฀
Tool”฀and฀then฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀Help”฀in฀this฀order.
The Help screen will be displayed.
background
112
7. User Supportware
Projecting photos or documents saved on the smartphone
over a wireless LAN (Wireless Image Utility)
Utilizing฀the฀Wireless฀Image฀Utility,฀it฀enables฀to฀transfer฀photos฀and฀documents฀saved฀on฀terminals฀as฀a฀smartphone฀
or฀a฀tablet฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀and฀project฀them.
There฀are฀two฀kinds฀of฀Wireless฀Image฀Utility฀software฀one฀for฀Android฀and฀another฀for฀iOS฀that฀can฀be฀downloaded฀
from฀Google฀Play฀or฀App฀Store.
For Android
http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/pj_android/wiu_for-android.html
For iOS
http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/pj_ios/wiu_for-ios.html
background
113
8. Maintenance
This฀section฀describes฀the฀simple฀maintenance฀procedures฀you฀should฀follow฀to฀clean฀the฀lters,฀the฀projection฀window,
the฀cabinet,฀and฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀the฀lters.
Cleaning the Filters
Filters฀are฀xed฀at฀two฀positions฀on฀this฀projector.
Intake฀vent฀lter:
At฀the฀bottom฀of฀control฀panel.
Prevent฀the฀projector฀inside฀from฀dust฀and฀dirt฀accumulation.
Color฀wheel฀lter:
Fixed฀inside฀the฀lamp฀cover.
Prevent฀the฀color฀wheel฀from฀dust฀and฀dirt฀accumulation.
In฀this฀manual,฀call฀the฀intake฀vent฀lter฀“Filter฀(A)”฀and฀the฀color฀wheel฀lter฀“Filter฀(B)”.
If฀dust฀and฀dirt฀accumulates฀on฀the฀Filter฀(A),฀it฀may฀cause฀of฀trouble฀by฀overheat.฀Clean฀it฀periodically.Cleaning฀is฀not฀
necessary฀for฀the฀Filter฀(B).
WARNING
•฀Do฀not฀use฀a฀spray฀containing฀ammable฀gas฀to฀get฀rid฀of฀accumulated฀dust฀and฀dirt฀on฀the฀lters.฀It฀may฀cause฀
of฀re.
NOTE:฀The฀message฀for฀lter฀cleaning฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.฀When฀the฀message฀is฀dis-
played,฀clean฀the฀lter.
To฀cancel฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.
CAUTION
•฀Before฀cleaning฀the฀lter,฀turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀rst.฀Wait฀and฀make฀sure฀until฀the฀
unit฀has฀cooled฀down฀completely.฀Removing฀the฀lter฀cover฀when฀the฀unit฀is฀running฀could฀result฀in฀burns.
Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀before฀cleaning฀the฀cabinet฀or฀replacing฀the฀lamp.
background
114
8. Maintenance
1. Turn off the power supply and pull out the plug from the wall
outlet.
2. Pinch the knob at the bottom of the filter case and pull it out.
•฀If฀you฀put฀the฀projector฀upside฀down฀for฀cleaning฀as฀the฀illustra-
tion, please lay a mat as a cloth for protecting the cabinet top
from damage.
Knob
3. Remove the Filter (A) from the filter case.
Filter case
Filter (A)
4.Vacuum฀all฀the฀dust฀on฀the฀Filter฀(A)฀and฀the฀lter฀case.
•฀Get฀rid฀of฀dust฀accumulated฀on฀the฀intake฀vent฀on฀the฀projector.
•฀Make฀sure฀to฀use฀a฀brush฀adaptor฀on฀the฀vacuum฀cleaner.Never฀
apply the vacuum hose or the hard nozzle directly on the filter
and filter case without fixing on a brush adaptor.
•฀Pay฀enough฀attention฀not฀to฀damage฀the฀lter฀(A).
•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lters฀with฀soap฀and฀water.Soap฀and฀water฀will฀
damage the filter membrane.
background
115
8. Maintenance
5. Set the cleaned Filter (A) onto the filter case.
•฀Set฀the฀cut฀off฀part฀of฀the฀Filter฀(A)฀meeting฀with฀the฀knob฀part฀
on the filter case.
Knob
Cut off
6. Insert the filter case to the projector cabinet.
Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lter฀case฀is฀inserted฀in฀the฀correct฀orientation.
7.Clear฀the฀lter฀hour฀meter.
Connect฀the฀power฀cord฀plug฀to฀the฀wall฀outlet฀and฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.฀Select฀[CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS]฀for฀[RE
-
SET] in the onscreen menu. ( page 68)
background
116
8. Maintenance
Cleaning the Lens
•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.
•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀mar฀the฀projection฀window฀as฀it฀is฀made฀of฀glass.
•฀Use฀a฀blower฀or฀lens฀paper฀to฀clean฀the฀projection฀window,฀and฀be฀careful฀not฀to฀scratch฀or฀mar฀the฀glass฀surface.
•฀Never฀use฀alcohol฀or฀glass฀lens฀cleaner฀as฀doing฀so฀will฀cause฀of฀damage฀to฀the฀plastic฀lens฀surface.
WARNING
•฀Do฀not฀use฀a฀spray฀containing฀ammable฀gas฀to฀get฀rid฀of฀accumulated฀dust฀and฀dirt฀on฀the฀projection฀window.
It฀may฀cause฀of฀re.
background
117
8. Maintenance
Cleaning the Cabinet
Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀and฀unplug฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.
•฀Use฀a฀dry฀soft฀cloth฀to฀wipe฀dust฀off฀the฀cabinet.
If฀heavily฀soiled,฀use฀a฀mild฀detergent.
•฀Never฀use฀strong฀detergents฀or฀solvents฀such฀as฀alcohol฀or฀thinner.
•฀For฀cleaning฀the฀vents฀or฀the฀speaker,฀use฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner฀with฀a฀brush฀attachment.Do฀not฀apply฀the฀vacuum฀
hose฀or฀the฀nozzle฀adaptor฀directly฀onto฀the฀vents฀and฀speaker.
Vacuum the dust off the vents.
•฀Clogged฀vents฀may฀cause฀a฀rise฀in฀the฀internal฀temperature฀of฀the฀projector,฀resulting฀in฀malfunction.
•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀hit฀the฀cabinet฀with฀your฀ngers฀or฀any฀hard฀objects
•฀Contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀cleaning฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector.
NOTE:฀Do฀not฀apply฀volatile฀agent฀such฀as฀insecticide฀on฀the฀cabinet,฀the฀projection฀window,฀or฀the฀screen.฀Do฀not฀leave฀a฀rubber฀
or฀vinyl฀product฀in฀prolonged฀contact฀with฀it.฀Otherwise฀the฀surface฀nish฀will฀be฀deteriorated฀or฀the฀coating฀may฀be฀stripped฀off.฀
background
118
8. Maintenance
Replacing the Lamp and the Filters
When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀in฀the฀cabinet฀will฀blink฀red฀and฀the฀message฀“THE฀
LAMP฀HAS฀REACHED฀THE฀END฀OF฀ITS฀USABLE฀LIFE.฀PLEASE฀REPLACE฀THE฀LAMP฀AND฀FILTER.”฀will฀appear฀
(*).฀Even฀though฀the฀lamp฀may฀still฀be฀working,฀replace฀the฀lamp฀to฀maintain฀the฀optimal฀projector฀performance.฀After฀
replacing฀the฀lamp,฀be฀sure฀to฀clear฀the฀lamp฀hour฀meter.฀(฀page฀
68)
CAUTION
•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.฀It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.Turn฀the฀projector฀off฀
and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.
•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.
To฀order฀the฀replacement฀lamp,฀specify฀your฀lamp฀type.
Replacement฀lamp:
NP39LP:฀P502H/P502W
NP38LP:฀P452H/P452W
The฀replacement฀lamp฀comes฀with฀lters.฀Replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀the฀lters฀(A)฀(B)฀at฀the฀same฀time.
•฀DO฀NOT฀REMOVE฀ANY฀SCREWS฀except฀one฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀and฀three฀lamp฀housing฀screws.You฀could฀receive฀
an฀electric฀shock.
•฀Do฀not฀break฀the฀glass฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.
Keep฀nger฀prints฀off฀the฀glass฀surface฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.Leaving฀nger฀prints฀on฀the฀glass฀surface฀might฀cause฀
an฀unwanted฀shadow฀and฀poor฀picture฀quality.
•฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀go฀into฀standby฀mode฀when฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀
after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life.If฀this฀happens,฀be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀
the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀
in฀the฀lamp฀case.Do฀not฀touch฀them฀as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀NEC฀
dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.
*NOTE:฀This฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀under฀the฀following฀conditions:
•฀for฀one฀minute฀after฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀powered฀on
•฀when฀the฀
฀(POWER)฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀STANDBY฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀pressed
To฀turn฀off฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.
Optional฀lamp฀and฀tools฀needed฀for฀replacement:
•฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)
•฀Replacement฀lamp
Flow of Replacing the Lamp and the Filters
Step 1. Replace the lamp and the Filter (B)
Step 2. Replace the Filter (A) (
page 123)
Step 3.
Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours฀( page 124)
background
119
8. Maintenance
To฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀the฀Filter฀(B):฀
1. Remove the lamp cover.
(1) Loosen the lamp cover screw
•฀The฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀is฀not฀removable.
(2) Push and slide the lamp cover off.
a
b
2. Pull out the filter case. Pinch the filter case handle and pull it
in the arrow indicated direction.
3. Replace the Filter (B).
(1) Pull out the Filter (B) from the filter case.
background
120
8. Maintenance
(2) Vacuum off accumulated dust and dirt on inside and outside of
the filter case.
(3) Fix a new Filter (B) onto the filter case.
4. Remove the lamp housing.
(1) Loosen the three screws securing the lamp housing until the
phillips screwdriver goes into a freewheeling condition.
•฀The฀three฀screws฀are฀not฀removable.
(2) Remove the lamp housing by holding it.
CAUTION:
Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀cool฀enough฀to฀before฀
removing฀it.
background
121
8. Maintenance
5. Install a new lamp housing.
(1)฀Insert฀a฀new฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀plugged฀
into฀the฀socket.
(2) Push the top center of the lamp housing to secure it.
(3) Secure it in place with the three screws.
•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.
6. Insert for resetting the filter case.
background
122
8. Maintenance
7. Reattach the lamp cover.
(1)฀Slide฀the฀lamp฀cover฀back฀until฀it฀snaps฀into฀place.
a
b
(2) Tighten the screw to secure the lamp cover.
•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screw.
This฀completes฀the฀lamp฀and฀Filter฀(B)฀replacement.
Go฀on฀to฀the฀Filter฀(A)฀replacement.
NOTE:฀When฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀projector฀
cannot฀turn฀on฀and฀the฀menu฀is฀not฀displayed.
If฀this฀happens,฀press฀the฀HELP฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀10฀seconds฀to฀reset฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.
When฀the฀lamp฀time฀clock฀is฀reset฀to฀zero,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀goes฀out.
background
123
8. Maintenance
To฀replace฀the฀Filter฀(A):
NOTE:฀
•฀Before฀replacing฀the฀lters,฀wipe฀off฀dust฀and฀dirt฀from฀the฀projector฀cabinet.฀
•฀The฀projector฀is฀precision฀equipment.฀Keep฀out฀dust฀and฀dirt฀during฀lter฀replacement.
•฀Do฀not฀wash฀the฀lters฀with฀soap฀and฀water.฀Soap฀and฀water฀will฀damage฀the฀lter฀membrane.฀
•฀Put฀lters฀into฀place.฀Incorrect฀attachment฀of฀a฀lter฀may฀cause฀dust฀and฀dirt฀to฀get฀into฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector.฀
Before฀replacing฀the฀Filter฀(A),฀make฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀and฀Filter฀(B).฀(฀page฀
119)
1. Pinch the knob at the bottom of the filter case and pull it out.
•฀If฀you฀put฀the฀projector฀upside฀down฀for฀replacing฀the฀Filter฀(A)฀
as the illustration, please lay a mat as a cloth for protecting the
cabinet top from damage.
Knob
2. Remove the Filter (A) from the filter case.
Filter case
Filter (A)
3.Vacuum฀all฀the฀dust฀on฀inside฀and฀outside฀of฀the฀lter฀case.
•฀Get฀rid฀of฀dust฀accumulated฀on฀the฀intake฀vent฀on฀the฀projector.
background
124
8. Maintenance
4. Fix a new Filter (A) onto the filter case.
•฀Set฀the฀cut฀off฀part฀of฀the฀Filter฀(A)฀meeting฀with฀the฀knob฀part฀
on the filter case.
Knob
Cut off
5. Insert the Filter case to the projector cabinet.
Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lter฀case฀is฀inserted฀in฀the฀correct฀orientation.
This฀completes฀the฀lter฀replacement.
Go฀on฀to฀the฀clearing฀lamp฀and฀lter฀hour฀meters.
To฀clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours:
1. Place the projector where you use it.
2. Plug the power cord into the wall outlet, and then turn on the projector.
3.Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀and฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.
1. From the menu, select [RESET] [CLEAR LAMP HOURS] and reset the lamp usage hours.
2.Select฀[CLEAR฀FILTER฀HOURS]฀and฀reset฀the฀lter฀usage฀hours.฀( page 68)
background
125
9. Appendix
Troubleshooting
This฀section฀helps฀you฀resolve฀problems฀you฀may฀encounter฀while฀setting฀up฀or฀using฀the฀projector.
Indicator Messages
POWER Indicator
Indicator Condition Projector฀ConditionNote
Off The main power is off Without connecting the power cable.
Blinking
light
Blue 0.5 sec On,
0.5 sec Off
The projector is getting ready to turn on. Wait for a moment
2.5 sec On,
0.5 sec Off
Off Timer is activated.
Program timer (off time) is activated.
Orange (short flashes) Cooling Wait for a moment
Orange (long flashes)
On Timer is activated.
Program timer (on time) is activated.
Steady
light
Blue
The projector is turned on.
Orange Sleep mode* While the STATUS Indicator lights in Green
In Standby condition [NETWORK STAND-
BY] is selected for [STANDBY MODE]
Red In Standby condition [NORMAL] is
selected for [STANDBY MODE]
STATUS Indicator
Indicator Condition Projector฀ConditionNote
Off Normal or Standby
Blinking
light
Red
1 cycle (0.5 sec
On, 2.5 sec Off)
Cover error The lamp cover is not set properly. Reset the lamp
cover. ( page
122)
2 cycle (0.5 sec
On, 0.5 sec Off)
Temperature error The projector is overheated. Move the projector to a
cooler location.
3 cycle (0.5 sec
On, 0.5 sec Off)
Power error Power unit is not working properly. Contact your dealer.
4 cycle (0.5 sec
On, 0.5 sec Off)
Fan error Fans will not work correctly.
6 cycle (0.5 sec
On, 0.5 sec Off)
Lamp error The lamp is not turned on. Wait over 1 minute and
power on the projector again. Even though the lamp is
not turned on, ask your dealer or service personnel for
repair.
Orange 1 cycle (0.5 sec
On, 2.5 sec Off)
Network conflict Both the built-in wired LAN and the wireless LAN cannot
be connected to the same network at the same time.
To use both built-in wired LAN and wireless LAN at the
same time, connect them to different networks.
NOTE:฀In฀the฀Standby฀condition,฀the฀status฀indicator฀
on฀the฀cabinet฀does฀not฀blink฀in฀orange฀even฀if฀the฀
network฀conicts
Green 0.5 sec On,
0.5 sec Off
Re-firing the lamp (The projector is cool-
ing down)
Wait for a moment
Steady
light
Green Sleep mode* While the POWER Indicator lights in Orange
Orange
CONTROL PANEL LOCK is on. You have pressed cabinet button when Control Panel
Lock is on.
CONTROL ID error Remote control ID and projector ID are not matched.
*฀The฀sleep฀mode฀refers฀to฀the฀mode฀in฀which฀the฀restrictions฀to฀functions฀due฀to฀the฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀settings฀have฀been฀elimi-
nated.
LAMP Indicator
Indicator Condition Projector฀ConditionNote
Off Normal
Blinking
light
Red
Lamp has reached its end of life. Lamp
replacement message will be displayed.
Replace the lamp.
Steady
light
Red Lamp has been used beyond its limit. The
projector will not turn on until the lamp is
replaced.
Replace the lamp.
Green [ECO MODE] is set to [AUTO ECO], [NOR-
MAL] or [ECO]
background
126
9. Appendix
Over-Temperature Protection
If฀the฀projector฀inside฀temperature฀gets฀too฀high,฀the฀lamp฀will฀be฀turned฀off฀automatically฀and฀the฀status฀indicator฀will฀
start฀to฀blink฀(2-cycle฀On฀and฀Off).
Should฀this฀happen,฀do฀the฀following:
•฀Unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀after฀the฀cooling฀fans฀stop.
•฀Move฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀cooler฀location฀if฀the฀room฀where฀you฀are฀presenting฀is฀particularly฀too฀warm.
•฀Clean฀the฀vents฀if฀they฀are฀clogged฀with฀dust.
•฀Wait฀about฀60฀minutes฀until฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector฀becomes฀cool฀enough.
background
127
9. Appendix
Common Problems & Solutions
(“POWER/STATUS/LAMP฀Indicator”฀on฀page฀
125.)
Problem Check฀These฀Items
Does not turn on
or shut down
•฀Check฀that฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀plugged฀in฀and฀that฀the฀power฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀
control is on. ( pages
11, 12)
•฀Ensure฀that฀the฀lamp฀cover฀is฀installed฀correctly.฀( page 121)
•฀Check฀to฀see฀if฀the฀projector฀has฀overheated.฀If฀there฀is฀insufcient฀ventilation฀around฀the฀projector฀or฀if฀the฀
room where you are presenting is particularly warm, move the projector to a cooler location.
•฀Check฀to฀see฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀
of its life. If so, replace the lamp. After replacing the lamp, reset the lamp hours used. ( page 68)
•฀The฀lamp฀may฀fail฀to฀light.฀Wait฀a฀full฀minute฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀the฀power฀again.
•฀Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀4000฀feet/1200฀
meters or higher. Using the projector at altitudes approximately 4000 feet/1200 meters or higher without
setting to [HIGH ALTITUDE] can cause the projector to overheat and the projector could shut down. If this
happens, wait a couple minutes and turn on the projector. ( page 59)
If you turn on the projector immediately after the lamp is turned off, the fans run without displaying an
image for some time and then the projector will display the image. Wait for a moment.
•฀In฀case฀it’s฀hard฀to฀think฀the฀trouble฀is฀not฀caused฀on฀the฀above฀mentioned฀conditions,฀unplug฀the฀power฀
cord from the outlet. Then wait 5 minutes before plugging it in again. ( page 24)
Will turn off
•฀Ensure฀that฀the฀[OFF฀TIMER]฀or฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]฀is฀off.฀( page
52, 62)
No picture
•฀Check฀if฀the฀appropriate฀input฀is฀selected.฀( page
14) If there is still no picture, press the SOURCE button
or one of the source buttons again.
•฀Ensure฀your฀cables฀are฀connected฀properly.
•฀Use฀menus฀to฀adjust฀the฀brightness฀and฀contrast.฀( page 45)
•฀Check฀that฀the฀AV฀MUTE฀(image฀off)฀buttons฀are฀not฀pressed.
•฀Reset฀the฀settings฀or฀adjustments฀to฀factory฀preset฀levels฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀in฀the฀Menu.฀( page 68)
•฀Enter฀your฀registered฀keyword฀if฀the฀Security฀function฀is฀enabled.฀( page 30)
•฀If฀the฀HDMI฀1฀IN฀or฀the฀HDMI฀2฀IN฀signal฀cannot฀be฀displayed,฀try฀the฀following.
- Reinstall your driver for the graphics card built in your computer, or use the updated driver.
For reinstalling or updating your driver, refer to the user guide accompanied with your computer or
graphics card, or contact the support center for your computer manufacturer.
Install the updated driver or OS on your own responsibility.
We are not liable for any trouble and failure caused by this installation.
•฀Signals฀may฀not฀be฀supported฀depending฀on฀the฀HDBaseT฀transmission฀device.฀IR฀and฀RS232C฀cannot฀be฀
used in certain cases as well.
•฀Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀
on the power to the notebook PC.
In most cases the output signal from the notebook PC is not turned on unless connected to the projector
before being powered up.
*฀If฀the฀screen฀goes฀blank฀while฀using฀your฀remote฀control,฀it฀may฀be฀the฀result฀of฀the฀computer’s฀screen-
saver or power management software.
•฀See฀also฀the฀next page.
Picture suddenly
becomes dark
•฀Check฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀the฀Forced฀ECO฀mode฀because฀of฀too฀high฀ambient฀temperature.฀If฀this฀is฀the฀
case, lower the internal temperature of the projector by selecting [HIGH] for [FAN MODE]. ( page
59)
Color tone or hue is
unusual
•฀Check฀if฀an฀appropriate฀color฀is฀selected฀in฀[WALL฀COLOR].฀If฀so,฀select฀an฀appropriate฀option.฀( page
51)
•฀Adjust฀[HUE]฀in฀[PICTURE].฀( page
45)
Image฀isn’t฀square฀to฀
the screen
•฀Reposition฀the฀projector฀to฀improve฀its฀angle฀to฀the฀screen.฀( page
16)
•฀Use฀the฀Keystone฀correction฀function฀to฀correct฀the฀trapezoid฀distortion.฀( page 21)
Picture is blurred
•฀Adjust฀the฀focus.฀( page
19)
•฀Reposition฀the฀projector฀to฀improve฀its฀angle฀to฀the฀screen.฀( page 16)
•฀Ensure฀that฀the฀distance฀between฀the฀projector฀and฀screen฀is฀within฀the฀adjustment฀range฀of฀the฀lens.฀(
page
69)
•฀Has฀the฀lens฀been฀shifted฀by฀an฀amount฀exceeding฀the฀guaranteed฀range?฀( page
73)
•฀Condensation฀may฀form฀on฀the฀lens฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀cold,฀brought฀into฀a฀warm฀place฀and฀is฀then฀turned฀
on. Should this happen, let the projector stand until there is no condensation on the lens.
background
128
9. Appendix
Problem Check฀These฀Items
Image is scrolling
vertically, horizontally
or both
•฀Check฀the฀computer’s฀resolution฀and฀frequency.฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀resolution฀you฀are฀trying฀to฀display฀is฀
supported by the projector. ( page
136)
•฀Adjust฀the฀computer฀image฀manually฀with฀the฀[HORIZONTAL]/[VERTICAL]฀in฀the฀[IMAGE฀OPTIONS].฀(
page
47)
Remote control does
not work
•฀Install฀new฀batteries.( page
9)
•฀Make฀sure฀there฀are฀no฀obstacles฀between฀you฀and฀the฀projector.
•฀Stand฀within฀22฀feet฀(7฀m)฀of฀the฀projector.฀( page 9)
Indicator is lit or
blinking
•฀See฀the฀POWER/STATUS/LAMP฀Indicator.฀( page
125)
Cross color in RGB
mode
•฀Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀the฀remote฀control.฀( page
23)
•฀Adjust฀the฀computer฀image฀manually฀with฀[CLOCK]/[PHASE]฀in฀[IMAGE฀OPTIONS]฀in฀the฀menu.฀( page
46)
For฀more฀information฀contact฀your฀dealer.
If there is no picture, or the picture is not displayed correctly.
•฀Power฀on฀process฀for฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC.
Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀on฀the฀
power฀to฀the฀notebook฀PC.
In฀most฀cases฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀the฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀turned฀on฀unless฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀before฀
being฀powered฀up.
NOTE:฀You฀can฀check฀the฀horizontal฀frequency฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀in฀the฀projector’s฀menu฀under฀Information.฀If฀it฀reads฀“0kHz”,฀
this฀means฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀being฀output฀from฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀67฀or฀go฀to฀next฀step)
•฀Enabling฀the฀computer’s฀external฀display.
Displaying฀an฀image฀on฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀screen฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀it฀outputs฀a฀signal฀to฀the฀projector.
When฀using฀a฀PC฀compatible฀laptop,฀a฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀display.Usually,฀
the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀gets฀the฀external฀display฀to฀come฀on฀or฀off.
For฀example,฀NEC฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F3,฀while฀Dell฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F8฀key฀combinations฀to฀toggle฀through฀external฀
display฀selections.
•฀Non-standard฀signal฀output฀from฀the฀computer
If฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀a฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀an฀industry฀standard,฀the฀projected฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀
correctly.฀Should฀this฀happen,฀deactivate฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀LCD฀screen฀when฀the฀projector฀display฀is฀in฀use.฀Each฀
notebook฀PC฀has฀a฀different฀way฀of฀deactivate/reactivate฀the฀local฀LCD฀screens฀as฀described฀in฀the฀previous฀step.
Refer฀to฀your฀computer’s฀documentation฀for฀detailed฀information.
•฀Image฀displayed฀is฀incorrect฀when฀using฀a฀Mac
When฀using฀a฀Mac฀with฀the฀projector,฀set฀the฀DIPswitch฀of฀the฀Mac฀adapter฀(not฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector)฀accord-
ing฀to฀your฀resolution.฀After฀setting,฀restart฀your฀Mac฀for฀the฀changes฀to฀take฀affect.
For฀setting฀display฀modes฀other฀than฀those฀supported฀by฀your฀Mac฀and฀the฀projector,฀changing฀the฀DIP฀switch฀on฀
a฀Mac฀adapter฀may฀bounce฀an฀image฀slightly฀or฀may฀display฀nothing.Should฀this฀happen,฀set฀the฀DIP฀switch฀to฀
the฀13"฀xed฀mode฀and฀then฀restart฀your฀Mac.฀After฀that,฀restore฀the฀DIP฀switches฀to฀a฀displayable฀mode฀and฀then฀
restart฀the฀Mac฀again.
NOTE:฀A฀Video฀Adapter฀cable฀manufactured฀by฀Apple฀Inc.฀is฀needed฀for฀a฀MacBook฀which฀does฀not฀have฀a฀mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin฀terminal.
•฀Mirroring฀on฀a฀MacBook
*฀When฀using฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀MacBook,฀output฀may฀not฀be฀set฀to฀1024฀×฀768฀unless฀“mirroring”฀is฀off฀on฀your฀
MacBook.฀Refer฀to฀owner’s฀manual฀supplied฀with฀your฀Mac฀computer฀for฀mirroring.
•฀Folders฀or฀icons฀are฀hidden฀on฀the฀Mac฀screen
Folders฀or฀icons฀may฀not฀be฀seen฀on฀the฀screen.Should฀this฀happen,฀select฀[View]฀[Arrange]฀from฀the฀Apple฀
menu฀and฀arrange฀icons.
background
129
9. Appendix
Specifications
This฀section฀provides฀technical฀information฀about฀projector’s฀performance.
Model name NP-P502HNP-P502WNP-P452HNP-P452W
Method
1฀Chip฀DLP฀type
Specications฀of฀main฀parts
DMD฀panelSize0.65"฀(aspect฀ratio:
16:9)
0.65"฀(aspect฀ratio:
16:10)
0.65"฀(aspect฀ratio:
16:9)
0.65"฀(aspect฀ratio:
16:10)
Pixels฀
(*1)
2,073,600฀(1920฀
dots฀×฀1080฀lines)
1,024,000฀(1280฀
dots฀×฀800฀lines)
2,073,600฀(1920฀
dots฀×฀1080฀lines)
1,024,000฀(1280฀
dots฀×฀800฀lines)
Projection฀lensesF฀=฀2.0,฀f฀=฀18.2–31.1฀mm
ZoomManual฀(Zoom฀Ratio฀=฀1.7)
FocusManual
Lens฀shiftingH:฀±25%,฀V:฀+62%,฀
−0%
H:฀±28%,฀V:฀+59%,฀
−0%
H:฀±25%,฀V:฀+62%,฀
−0%
H:฀±28%,฀V:฀+59%,฀
−0%
Lamp
375฀W฀AC฀
(299฀W฀in฀NORMAL)
(226฀W฀in฀ECO)
335฀W฀AC฀
(267฀W฀in฀NORMAL)
(202฀W฀in฀ECO)
Optical฀device฀Optical฀isolation฀by฀dichroic฀mirror,฀combining฀by฀dichroic฀prism
Light฀output฀
(*2)
(*3)
5,000฀lm฀(NORMAL:฀80%,฀ECO:฀60%)4,500฀lm฀(NORMAL:฀80%,฀ECO:฀60%)
Contrast฀ratio฀
(*2)
฀(all฀white/all฀black)6,000:1฀with฀lamp฀control
Screen฀size฀(throw฀distance)฀30฀to฀300฀inches฀
(0.8–14.2฀m)
30฀to฀300฀inches฀
(0.8–14.5฀m)
30฀to฀300฀inches฀
(0.8–14.2฀m)
30฀to฀300฀inches฀
(0.8–14.5฀m)
Projection฀AngleFrom฀0฀to฀15.9฀deg฀
at฀80"
From฀0฀to฀14.8฀deg฀
at฀80"
From฀0฀to฀15.9฀deg฀
at฀80"
From฀0฀to฀14.8฀deg฀
at฀80"
Projection฀Distance฀(From฀Projection฀
Lens)
Wide:฀From฀0.8฀to฀
8.2฀m
Tele:฀From฀1.4฀to฀
14.2฀m
Wide:฀From฀0.8฀to฀
8.4฀m
Tele:฀From฀1.4฀to฀
14.5฀m
Wide:฀From฀0.8฀to฀
8.2฀m
Tele:฀From฀1.4฀to฀
14.2฀m
Wide:฀From฀0.8฀to฀
8.4฀m
Tele:฀From฀1.4฀to฀
14.5฀m
Color฀reproducibility฀10-bit฀color฀processing฀(approx.฀1.07฀billion฀colors)
Scanning฀frequencyHorizontalAnalog:฀15฀kHz,฀24฀to฀100฀kHz฀(24฀kHz฀or฀greater฀for฀RGB฀inputs),฀conforming฀to฀
VESA฀standards
Digital:฀15฀kHz,฀24฀to฀153฀kHz,฀conforming฀to฀VESA฀standards
VerticalAnalog:฀48฀Hz,฀50฀to฀85฀Hz,฀100,฀120฀Hz฀conforming฀to฀VESA฀standards
Digital:฀24,฀25,฀30,฀48฀Hz,฀50฀to฀85฀Hz,฀100,฀120฀Hz฀conforming฀to฀VESA฀standards
Main฀adjustment฀functionsManual฀zoom,฀manual฀focus,฀manual฀lens฀shift,฀input฀signal฀switching฀(HDMI1/HDMI2/
COMPUTER/VIDEO/HDBaseT),฀auto฀image฀adjustment,฀picture฀maginication,฀mut-
ing฀(video),฀power฀on/standby,฀on-screen฀display/selection,฀etc.
Max.฀display฀resolution฀(horizontal฀×฀verti-
cal)
Analog:฀1920฀×฀1200฀(handled฀with฀Advanced฀AccuBlend)
Digital:฀1920฀×฀1080฀(handled฀with฀Advanced฀AccuBlend)
Input฀signals
R,G,B,H,VRGB:฀0.7฀Vp-p/75฀Ω
Y:฀1.0฀Vp-p/75฀Ω฀(with฀Negative฀Polarity฀Sync)
Cb,฀Cr฀(Pb,฀Pr):฀0.7฀Vp-p/75฀Ω
H/V฀Sync:฀4.0฀Vp-p/TTL
Composite฀Sync:฀4.0฀Vp-p/TTL
Sync฀on฀G:฀1.0฀Vp-p/75฀Ω฀(with฀Sync)
Composite฀video฀1.0฀Vp-p/75฀Ω
Component
Y:฀1.0฀Vp-p/75฀Ω฀(with฀Sync)
Cb,฀Cr฀(Pb,฀Pr):฀0.7฀Vp-p/75฀Ω
DTV:฀฀480i,฀480p,฀720p,฀1080i,฀1080p฀(60฀Hz)
576i,฀576p,฀720p,฀1080i,฀1080p฀(50฀Hz)
DVD:฀Progressive฀signal฀(50/60฀Hz)
AudioStereo฀L/R:฀0.5฀Vrms/22฀kΩ฀or฀over
Input/output฀terminals
Computer/Com-
ponent
Video฀input฀Mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin฀×฀1
Video฀output฀Mini฀D-Sub฀15-pin฀×฀1
Audio฀input฀RCA฀×฀2฀(For฀Video),฀Stereo฀mini฀Jack฀(For฀Computer)
Audio฀output฀Stereo฀mini฀Jack฀(Selected฀from:฀Computer/Video/HDMI)
HDMIVideo฀input฀HDMI
®
Terminal฀type฀A฀×฀2
Deep฀Color฀(color฀depth):฀8-/10-/12-bit฀compatible
Colorimetry:฀RGB,฀YcbCr444฀and฀YcbCr422฀compatible
LipSync฀compatible,฀HDCP฀compatible฀
(*4)
,฀Supports฀3D
Audio฀input฀HDMI:฀Sampling฀frequency฀–฀32/44.1/48฀kHz,฀Sampling฀bits฀–฀16/20/24฀bits
background
130
9. Appendix
Model name NP-P502HNP-P502WNP-P452HNP-P452W
HDBaseT
Video฀input฀Deep฀Color฀(color฀depth):฀Support฀8/10/12฀bits
Colorimetry:฀Support฀RGB,฀YCbCr444฀and฀YCbCr422฀
Support฀LipSync฀,฀HDCP฀
(*4)
,฀3D฀
Audio฀input฀Sampling฀frequency:฀32/44.1/48฀kHz
Sampling฀bit:฀16/20/24฀bit
Remote฀terminalStereo฀mini฀Jack฀×฀1
USB฀portType฀A1฀for฀USB฀memory
Type฀B1฀for฀service
Ethernet/HDBaseT฀portRJ-45฀×฀1,฀Supports฀BASE-TX
3D฀SYNC฀output฀terminal5฀V฀/฀10฀mA,฀synchronized฀signal฀output฀for฀3D฀use
Control฀Terminals
RS-232C฀terminal฀(PC฀control)D-Sub฀9-pin฀×฀1
Built-in฀Speaker20฀W฀(monaural)
Usage฀environmentOperating฀temperature:฀5฀to฀40°C฀
(*5)
Operating฀humidity:฀20฀to฀80%฀(with฀no฀condensation)
Storage฀temperature:฀−10฀to฀50°C฀
(*5)
Storage฀humidity:฀20฀to฀80%฀(with฀no฀condensation)
Operating฀altitude:฀0฀to฀8000฀feet/2400฀meters฀
(Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approxi-
mately฀4000฀feet/1200฀meters฀or฀higher.)
Power฀supply100–240฀V฀AC,฀50/60฀Hz
Power฀con-
sumption
ECO฀
MODE
OFF465฀W฀(100-130฀V)
445฀W฀(200-240฀V)
426฀W฀(100-130฀V)
416฀W฀(200-240฀V)
NORMAL379฀W฀(100-130฀V)
366฀W฀(200-240฀V)
346฀W฀(100-130฀V)
340฀W฀(200-240฀V)
ECO311฀W฀(100-130฀V)
305฀W฀(200-240฀V)
288฀W฀(100-130฀V)
286฀W฀(200-240฀V)
STANDBY฀
MODE
NORMAL0.26฀W฀(100-130฀V)/0.33฀W฀(200-240฀V)
NETWORK฀
STANDBY
2.6฀W฀(100-130฀V)/2.6฀W฀(200-240฀V)
Rated฀input฀current฀2.2฀A฀(240฀V฀AC)฀to฀5.4฀A฀(100฀V฀AC)2.0฀A฀(240฀V฀AC)฀to฀4.9฀A฀(100฀V฀AC)
External฀dimensions฀14.3"฀(width)฀×฀5.1"฀(height)฀×฀11.9"฀(depth)/
362฀(width)฀×฀129฀(height)฀×฀302฀(depth)฀mm฀(not฀including฀protrusions)
14.3"฀(width)฀×฀5.5"฀(height)฀×฀12.1"฀(depth)/
362฀(width)฀×฀139฀(height)฀×฀306฀(depth)฀mm฀(including฀protrusions)
Weight฀11.46฀lbs฀(5.2฀kg)
*1฀Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.
*2฀Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2012฀
*3฀This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀selected฀as฀the฀
[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.
*4฀HDMI
®
฀(Deep฀Color,฀Lip฀Sync)฀with฀HDCP฀
What฀is฀HDCP/HDCP฀technology?฀
HDCP฀is฀an฀acronym฀for฀High-bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection.High฀bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection฀(HDCP)฀is฀a฀system฀
for฀preventing฀illegal฀copying฀of฀video฀data฀sent฀over฀a฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface฀(HDMI).
If฀you฀are฀unable฀to฀view฀material฀via฀the฀HDMI฀input,฀this฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀functioning฀properly.With฀
the฀implementation฀of฀HDCP,฀there฀may฀be฀cases฀in฀which฀certain฀content฀is฀protected฀with฀HDCP฀and฀might฀not฀be฀displayed฀
due฀to฀the฀decision/intention฀of฀the฀HDCP฀community฀(Digital฀Content฀Protection,฀LLC).
Video:฀Deep฀Color;฀8/10/12-bit,฀LipSync฀
Audio:฀LPCM;฀up฀to฀2฀ch,฀sample฀rate฀32/44.1/48฀KHz,฀sample฀bit;฀16/20/24-bit
*5฀35฀to฀40°C฀–฀“Forced฀eco฀mode”
•฀These฀specications฀and฀the฀product’s฀design฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.
For฀additional฀information฀visit:
US:
http://www.necdisplay.com/
Europe:http://www.nec-display-solutions.com/
Global:http://www.nec-display.com/global/index.html
For฀information฀on฀our฀optional฀accessories,฀visit฀our฀website฀or฀see฀our฀brochure.
The฀specications฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.
background
131
9. Appendix
81 (3.2)
68 (2.7)
175 (6.9)
200 (7.9)
5 (0.2)
362 (14.3)
302 (11.9)
306 (12)
139 (5.5)
150 (5.9)
130 (5.1)
129 (5.1)
91 (3.6)
Cabinet Dimensions
Unit:฀mm฀(inch)
Lens center
background
132
9. Appendix
Attaching the Optional Cable Cover (NP09CV)
After฀nishing฀connections,฀attach฀the฀supplied฀cable฀cover฀to฀properly฀hide฀the฀cables.
CAUTION:
•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws฀after฀attaching฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀cause฀the฀cable฀cover฀to฀come฀
off฀and฀fall,฀resulting฀in฀injury฀or฀damage฀to฀the฀cable฀cover.
•฀Do฀not฀put฀bundled฀cables฀in฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Doing฀so฀may฀damage฀the฀power฀cord,฀resulting฀in฀a฀re.
•฀Do฀not฀hold฀the฀cable฀cover฀while฀moving฀the฀projector฀or฀do฀not฀apply฀excessive฀force฀to฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Doing฀
so฀may฀damage฀the฀cable฀cover,฀resulting฀in฀injury.
Attaching the cable cover
Tool฀needed:
•฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)฀about฀12฀cm/4.7฀inches฀in฀length
12 cm/4.7 inches
1. Align the left and right fixing screw holes on the cable cover
and the projector, and then put screws to each hole.
NOTE:
•฀Be฀careful฀not฀to฀get฀cables฀caught฀in฀between฀the฀cable฀cover฀and฀
the฀projector.
Cable cover fixing screw hole
Fixing screw
2. Tighten the cable cover screws.
•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.
background
133
9. Appendix
Removing the cable cover
1. Loosen the cable cover screws until the Phillips screw-
driver goes into a freewheeling condition and remove the
cover.
•฀When฀suspended฀from฀the฀ceiling,฀hold฀so฀that฀the฀cable฀
cover does not drop.
•฀The฀screws฀cannot฀be฀removed.
background
134
9. Appendix
Pin assignments and signal names of main terminals
COMPUTER IN Terminal (Mini D-Sub 15 Pin)
Connection and signal level of each pin
51423
10
11 12 13 14 15
6978
Signal Level
Video฀signal฀:฀0.7Vp-p฀(Analog)
Sync฀signal฀:TTL฀level
Pin No. RGB฀Signal฀(Analog)YCbCr Signal
1 RedCr
2
Green฀or฀Sync฀on฀GreenY
3BlueCb
4 Ground
5 Ground
6
Red฀GroundCr฀Ground
7Green฀GroundY฀Ground
8Blue฀GroundCb฀Ground
9Hot฀Plug
10 Sync฀Signal฀Ground
11 No฀Connection
12 Bi-directional฀DATA฀(SDA)
13Horizontal฀Sync฀or฀Composite฀Sync
14 Vertical฀Sync
15 Data฀Clock
HDMI 1 IN/HDMI 2 IN Terminal (Type A)
135791113151719
246810 12 14 16 18
Pin No. Signal Pin No. Signal
1 TMDS฀Data฀2+11 TMDS฀Clock฀Shield
2 TMDS฀Data฀2฀Shield12 TMDS฀Clock−
3TMDS฀Data฀2−13CEC
4 TMDS฀Data฀1+14 Disconnection
5 TMDS฀Data฀1฀Shield15 SCL
6TMDS฀Data฀1−฀16SDA
7TMDS฀Data฀0+17DDC/CEC฀grounding
8TMDS฀Data฀0฀Shield18+5฀V฀power฀supply
9TMDS฀Data฀0−19Hot฀plug฀detection
10 TMDS฀Clock฀+
background
135
9. Appendix
Ethernet/HDBaseT/LAN Port (RJ-45)
12345678
Pin No. Signal
1 TxD+/HDBT0+
2 TxD−/HDBT0−
3RxD+/HDBT1+
4 Disconnection/HDBT2+
5 Disconnection/HDBT2−
6RxD−/HDBT1−
7Disconnection/HDBT3+
8Disconnection/HDBT3−
USB Port (Type A)
1
3
2
4
Pin No. Signal
1 V
BUS
2 D−
3D+
4 Grounding
PC CONTROL Port (D-Sub 9 Pin)
1234
5
6789
Communications protocol
Pin No. Signal
1 Unused
2
RxD฀reception฀data
3TxD฀transmission฀data฀
4 Unused
5 Grounding
6Unused
7
RTS฀transmission฀request
8CTS฀transmission฀allowed
9Unused
background
136
9. Appendix
HDMI
Signal
Resolution
(dots)
Aspect฀Ratio
Refresh฀Rate
(Hz)
VGA640×4804:360
SVGA800 ×6004:360
XGA1024 ×7684:360
WXGA1280 ×768*
2
15:960
1280×800*
2
16:1060
1366×76816:960
Quad-VGA1280×9604:360
SXGA1280× 1024 5:460
SXGA+1400 × 1050 4:360
WXGA+1440 ×90016:1060
WXGA++1600×90016:960
WSXGA+1680 ×1050 16:1060
HDTV฀(1080p)1920 ×1080*
1
16:950/60
HDTV฀(1080i)1920× 108016:950/60
HDTV฀(720p)1280 ×72016:950/60
SDTV฀(480p)720×4804:3/16:960
SDTV฀(576p)720×5764:3/16:950
SDTV฀(480i)720×4804:3/16:960
SDTV฀(576i)720×5764:3/16:950
3D
Signal
Resolution
(dots)
Aspect฀Ratio
Refresh฀Rate
(Hz)
For฀PC฀Signal
XGA1024 ×7684:360/120*
6
HD1280×72016:960/120*
6
WXGA1280 ×80016:1060/120*
6
HDTV฀(1080p)1920 ×108016:960
For฀Video฀Signal
SDTV฀(480i)720×4804:3/16:960
HDMI 3D
SignalResolution฀(dots)Aspect฀RatioRefresh฀Rate฀(Hz)
Structure:฀Frame฀Packing
1080p1920× 108016:923.98/24
720p1280 ×72016:950/59.94/60
Structure:฀Side฀by฀Side฀(Half)
1080i1920× 108016:950/59.94/60
Structure:฀Top฀and฀Bottom
1080p1920× 108016:923.98/24
720p1280 ×72016:950/59.94/60
Compatible Input Signal List
Analog RGB
Signal
Resolution
(dots)
Aspect฀Ratio
Refresh฀Rate
(Hz)
VGA640×4804:360/72/75/85/iMac
SVGA800 ×6004:356/60/72/75/85/
iMac
XGA1024 ×7684:360/70/75/85/iMac
WXGA1280 ×768*
2
15:960
1280×800*
2
16:1060
1360×768*
3
16:9*
4
60
1366×768*
3
16:960
Quad-VGA1280 ×9604:360/75
SXGA1280× 1024 5:460/75
SXGA+1400 × 1050 4:360
WXGA+1440 ×90016:1060
WXGA++1600×900*
3
16:960
UXGA1600× 1200 *
4
4:360
WSXGA+1680 ×1050 16:1060
HD1280×72016:960
Full฀HD1920 ×1080*
1
16:960
WUXGA1920× 1200 *
5
16:1060
MAC฀19"1024 ×7684:375
MAC฀21"1152 ×8704:3*
3
75
MAC฀23"1280× 1024 5:465
Component
SignalFormatAspect฀Ratio
Refresh฀Rate
(Hz)
HDTV฀(1080p)1920 ×108016:950/60
HDTV฀(1080i)1920× 108016:950/60
HDTV฀(720p)1280 ×72016:950/60
SDTV฀(480p)720×4804:3/16:960
SDTV฀(576p)720×5764:3/16:950
SDTV฀(480i)720×4804:3/16:960
SDTV฀(576i)720×5764:3/16:950
Composite฀Video
SignalAspect฀Ratio
Refresh฀Rate
(Hz)
NTSC4:360
PAL4:350
PAL604:360
SECAM4:350
*1฀Native฀resolution฀on฀1080p฀model฀(NP-P502H/NP-P452H)
*2฀Native฀resolution฀on฀WXGA฀model฀(NP-P502W/NP-P452W)
*3฀The฀projector฀may฀fail฀to฀display฀these฀signals฀correctly฀when฀[AUTO]฀
is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]฀in฀the฀on-screen฀menu.
The฀factory฀default฀is฀[AUTO]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].To฀display฀these฀
signals,฀select฀[16:9]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].
*4฀WXGA฀MODE:฀OFF
*5฀WXGA฀MODE:฀ON
*6฀120Hz฀signals฀are฀supported฀for฀Frame฀Sequential฀only.
NOTE:
•฀An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(1280฀×฀800)฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀Advanced฀
AccuBlend.
•฀Sync฀on฀Green฀and฀Composite฀sync฀signals฀are฀not฀supported.
•฀Signals฀other฀than฀those฀specied฀in฀the฀table฀above฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀correctly.฀If฀this฀should฀happen,฀change฀the฀refresh฀
rate฀or฀resolution฀on฀your฀PC.฀Refer฀to฀Display฀Properties฀help฀section฀of฀your฀PC฀for฀procedures.
background
137
9. Appendix
PC Control Codes and Cable Connection
PC Control Codes
Function Code Data
POWER ON 02H 00H 00H 00H 00H 02H
POWER OFF 02H 01H 00H 00H 00H 03H
INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 01H 09H
INPUT SELECT HDMI1 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1AH 22H
INPUT SELECT HDMI2 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1BH 23H
INPUT SELECT VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 06H 0EH
INPUT SELECT APPS 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 20H 28H
INPUT SELECT HDBaseT 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 22H 2AH
PICTURE MUTE ON 02H 10H 00H 00H 00H 12H
PICTURE MUTE OFF 02H 11H 00H 00H 00H 13H
SOUND MUTE ON 02H 12H 00H 00H 00H 14H
SOUND MUTE OFF 02H 13H 00H 00H 00H 15H
NOTE:฀Contact฀your฀local฀dealer฀for฀a฀full฀list฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀if฀needed.
Cable Connection
Communication฀Protocol
Baud rate .........................................38400 bps
Data length ......................................8 bits
Parity ...............................................No parity
Stop bit ............................................One bit
X on/off ............................................None
Communications procedure .............Full duplex
NOTE:฀Depending฀on฀the฀equipment,฀a฀lower฀baud฀rate฀may฀be฀recommended฀for฀long฀cable฀runs.
PC Control Terminal (D-SUB 9P)
15243
67 98
To GND of PC
To RxD of PC
To TxD of PC
To RTS of PC
To CTS of PC
NOTE฀1:฀Pins฀1,฀4,฀6฀and฀9฀are฀no฀used.
NOTE฀2:฀Jumper฀“Request฀to฀Send”฀and฀“Clear฀to฀Send”฀together฀on฀both฀ends฀of฀the฀cable฀to฀simplify฀cable฀connection.
NOTE฀3:฀For฀long฀cable฀runs฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀set฀communication฀speed฀within฀projector฀menus฀to฀9600฀bps.
background
138
9. Appendix
Update the Software
Using฀the฀web฀browser฀on฀a฀computer,฀download฀the฀updated฀software฀for฀the฀projector฀from฀our฀web฀site฀and฀install฀
it฀on฀the฀projector฀by฀the฀wired฀LAN฀connection.
NOTE:
•฀The฀exclusive฀web฀browser฀enables฀to฀update฀the฀software฀is฀Internet฀Explorer฀11.
•฀Before฀performing฀the฀software฀update,฀make฀sure฀to฀connect฀your฀computer฀with฀the฀projector฀by฀the฀LAN฀cable.฀It฀does฀not฀
support฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.
•฀Make฀sure฀to฀set฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀as฀the฀standby฀mode฀of฀the฀projector.฀Factory฀default฀setting฀for฀the฀standby฀mode฀is฀
[NORMAL]฀(฀page฀61)
•฀The฀software฀update฀is฀enabled฀only฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀condition.฀While฀performing฀the฀software฀update,฀do฀not฀
power฀on฀the฀projector.฀At฀the฀same฀time,฀do฀not฀shut฀down฀the฀AC฀power.
•฀Never฀update฀the฀browser฀page฀during฀the฀software฀update.฀It฀disables฀the฀computer฀for฀displaying฀the฀web฀page฀correctly.
1. Access to the software download support page in our web site.
URL:
http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/pj_soft/lineup.html
2.Check฀if฀the฀software฀installed฀on฀the฀projector฀in฀use฀is฀updated.
•฀You฀can฀check฀the฀software฀version฀from฀either฀[VERSION(1)]฀or฀[VERSION(2)]฀in฀the฀onscreen฀menu฀[INFOR
-
MATION].
3. If newer software version than one on the projector in use is uploaded on our website, download and save
it in an appropriate folder on your computer.
4. Turn off the power of the projector and set it in the standby condition.
Important:
•฀Software฀update฀cannot฀be฀performed฀when฀the฀standby฀mode฀is฀set฀at฀NORMAL.
5.Connect฀the฀projector฀with฀your฀computer฀by฀the฀LAN฀cable.
6. Start up the web browser on your computer and then input the following web address:
URL฀(for฀the฀software฀update):฀http://<Projector฀IP฀address>/update.html
The software update screen will be displayed on.
7.Click฀[Browse….]฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen฀and฀select฀the฀software฀you฀saved฀in฀the฀procedure฀3.
•฀Check฀the฀le฀name฀indicated฀on฀the฀UPDATE฀FILE฀list.
8.Click฀[START฀UPDATING]฀at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.
The screen display will change and your computer starts to update the software.
background
139
9. Appendix
NOTE:
•฀During฀the฀software฀update,฀pay฀attention฀to฀the฀follows:
-฀Do฀not฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀Power฀for฀the฀projector.
-฀Do฀not฀reload฀or฀move฀the฀web฀page.
-฀Do฀not฀close฀the฀web฀page.
•฀When฀software฀update฀is฀completed฀properly,฀the฀below฀will฀be฀displayed฀on:
1.UPLOADING฀THE฀UPDATE฀FILE:฀COMPLETED
2.CHECKING฀THE฀UPDATE฀FILE:฀COMPLETED
3.WRITING฀IN฀THE฀UPDATE฀FILE:฀COMPLETED
4.COMPLETE฀UPDATING:฀PLEASE฀REBOOT.
9.Click฀[REBOOT]฀at฀the฀right฀bottom฀of฀the฀screen.
The software update is completed and the projector will go into the standby mode.
NOTE:
•฀If฀an฀error฀occurs฀during฀the฀software฀update,฀an฀error฀code฀in฀below฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀“UPDATING฀STATUS”฀column.
2001:฀Failed฀to฀upload฀the฀le.
2007:฀The฀uploaded฀le฀is฀too฀large.
2011:฀The฀uploaded฀le฀is฀broken.
2012:฀The฀uploaded฀le฀is฀broken.
4001:฀Received฀no฀signal฀of฀the฀HTTP฀transmission.
The฀error฀codes฀other฀than฀above฀may฀be฀displayed.
If฀an฀error฀is฀found฀during฀the฀software฀update,฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀update฀the฀le฀again.
When฀the฀software฀update฀is฀not฀completed฀properly฀even฀if฀you฀tried฀to฀update฀several฀times,฀please฀consult฀your฀dealer.
background
140
9. Appendix
Troubleshooting Check List
Before฀contacting฀your฀dealer฀or฀service฀personnel,฀check฀the฀following฀list฀to฀be฀sure฀repairs฀are฀needed฀also฀by฀
referring฀to฀the฀“Troubleshooting”section฀in฀your฀user’s฀manual.฀This฀checklist฀below฀will฀help฀us฀solve฀your฀problem฀
more฀efciently.
*฀Print฀this฀page฀and฀the฀next฀page฀for฀your฀check.
Frequency of occurrence always ฀sometimes฀(How฀often?_____________________)฀฀other฀(__________________)
Power
No power (POWER indicator does not light blue). See also “Status
Indicator (STATUS)”.
Power฀cord’s฀plug฀is฀fully฀inserted฀into฀the฀wall฀outlet.
Lamp cover is installed correctly.
Lamp Hours Used (lamp operation hours) was cleared after
lamp replacement.
No power even though you press and hold the POWER button.
Shut down during operation.
Power฀cord’s฀plug฀is฀fully฀inserted฀into฀the฀wall฀outlet.
Lamp cover is installed correctly.
[AUTO POWER OFF] is turned off (only models with the [AUTO
POWER OFF] function).
[OFF TIMER] is turned off (only models with the [OFF TIMER]
function).
Video and Audio
No image is displayed from your PC or video equipment to the
projector.
Still no image even though you connect the projector to the PC
first, then start the PC.
Enabling฀your฀notebook฀PC’s฀signal฀output฀to฀the฀projector.
•฀ A฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀exter-
nal฀display.฀Usually,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”฀key฀along฀
with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀turns฀the฀external฀display฀
on฀or฀off.฀
No image (blue or black background, no display).
Still no image even though you press the AUTO ADJUST button.
Still no image even though you carry out [RESET] in the
projector’s฀menu.
Signal฀cable’s฀plug฀is฀fully฀inserted฀into฀the฀input฀terminal
A message appears on the screen.
(฀_____________________________________________฀)
The source connected to the projector is active and available.
Still no image even though you adjust the brightness and/or
the contrast.
Input฀source’s฀resolution฀and฀frequency฀are฀supported฀by฀the฀
projector.
Image is too dark.
Remains unchanged even though you adjust the brightness
and/or the contrast.
Image is distorted.
Image appears to be trapezoidal (unchanged even though you
carry out the [KEYSTONE] adjustment).
Parts of the image are lost.
Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST
button.
Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the
projector’s฀menu.
Image is shifted in the vertical or horizontal direction.
Horizontal and vertical positions are correctly adjusted on a
computer signal.
Input฀source’s฀resolution฀and฀frequency฀are฀supported฀by฀the฀
projector.
Some pixels are lost.
Image is flickering.
Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST
button.
Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the
projector’s฀menu.
Image shows flickering or color drift on a computer signal.
Still unchanged even though you change [FAN MODE] from
[HIGH] to [AUTO].
Image appears blurry or out of focus.
Still฀unchanged฀even฀though฀you฀checked฀the฀signal’s฀resolution฀
on฀PC฀and฀changed฀it฀to฀projector’s฀native฀resolution.
Still unchanged even though you adjusted the focus.
No sound.
Audio cable is correctly connected to the audio input of the
projector.
Still unchanged even though you adjusted the volume level.
AUDIO OUT is connected to your audio equipment (only models
with the AUDIO OUT terminal).
Other
Remote control does not work.
No obstacles between the sensor of the projector and the
remote control.
Projector is placed near a fluorescent light that can disturb the
infrared remote controls.
ID for the projector and for the remote are same.
Buttons on the projector cabinet do not work (only models with the
[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] function)
[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is not turned on or is disabled in
the menu.
Still unchanged even though you press and hold the EXIT button
for a minimum of 10 seconds.
background
141
9. Appendix
In the space below please describe your problem in detail.
Information on application and environment where your projector is used
Installation environment
Screen size: inch
Screen type: White matte Beads Polarization
Wide angle High contrast
Throw distance: feet/inch/m
Orientation: Ceiling mount Desktop
Power outlet connection:
Connected directly to wall outlet
Connected to power cord extender or other (the
number฀of฀connected฀equipment______________)
Connected to a power cord reel or other (the number
of฀connected฀equipment______________)
Computer
Manufacturer:
Model number:
Notebook PC / Desktop
Native resolution:
Refresh rate:
Video adapter:
Other:
Video฀equipment
VCR, DVD player, Video camera, Video game or other
Manufacturer:
Model number:
Signal cable
NEC฀standard฀or฀other฀manufacturer’s฀cable?
Model number: Length: inch/m
Distribution amplifier
Model number:
Switcher
Model number:
Adapter
Model number:
Projector
PC
DVD player
Projector
Model number:
Serial No.:
Date of purchase:
Lamp operating time (hours):
ECO MODE: OFF AUTO ECO
NORMAL ECO
Information on input signal:
Horizontal synch frequency [ ] kHz
Vertical synch frequency [ ] Hz
Synch polarity H (+) (−)
V (+) (−)
Synch type Separate Composite
Sync on Green
STATUS Indicator:
Steady light Orange Green
Flashing light [ ] cycles
Remote control model number:
background
142
9. Appendix
REGISTER YOUR PROJECTOR! (for residents in the United
States, Canada, and Mexico)
Please฀take฀time฀to฀register฀your฀new฀projector.This฀will฀activate฀your฀limited฀parts฀and฀labor฀warranty฀and฀InstaCare฀
service฀program.
Visit฀our฀web฀site฀at฀www.necdisplay.com,฀click฀on฀support฀center/register฀product฀and฀submit฀your฀completed฀form฀online.
Upon฀receipt,฀we฀will฀send฀a฀conrmation฀letter฀with฀all฀the฀details฀you฀will฀need฀to฀take฀advantage฀of฀fast,฀reliable฀
warranty฀and฀service฀programs฀from฀the฀industry฀leader,฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions฀of฀America,฀Inc.
background
©฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀20157N952321

Specifications

NEC NP-P452W REPLACED BY NP-P474U Questions and Answers